From 2839d0e10d717508924594af6005292f95a385df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: bigfinsmall Date: Thu, 29 Feb 2024 23:13:37 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 1/2] handle defines --- .../Marlin/Configuration.h | 2076 +++++++++-------- .../Marlin/Configuration_adv.h | 2 +- .../share/PlatformIO/scripts/marlin.py | 100 +- .../platformio.ini | 22 +- 4 files changed, 1218 insertions(+), 982 deletions(-) diff --git a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration.h b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration.h index 9e1135d1a6..b41e5dbfba 100644 --- a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration.h +++ b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration.h @@ -44,9 +44,11 @@ //=========================================================================== /** - * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and calibrated: + * Here are some useful links to help get your machine configured and + * calibrated: * - * Example Configs: https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all + * Example Configs: + * https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations/branches/all * * Průša Calculator: https://blog.prusaprinters.org/calculator_3416/ * @@ -72,7 +74,8 @@ // Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115 #define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(BIGTREETECH, Ender-3)" // Who made the changes. -//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes) +// #define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no +// quotes) /** * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ *** @@ -89,18 +92,19 @@ #define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup. -//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN +// #define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen. -//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE +// #define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // @section machine /** * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins. - * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. - * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader. + * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default + * port pins. Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available. + * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino + * bootloader. * * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] */ @@ -118,30 +122,30 @@ * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] */ #define BAUDRATE 115200 -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate +// #define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate /** - * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. + * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the + * host. Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards. * :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] */ #define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1 -//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // Enable to override BAUDRATE +// #define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // Enable to override BAUDRATE /** - * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the host. - * Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1 + * Select a third serial port on the board to use for communication with the + * host. Currently only supported for AVR, DUE, LPC1768/9 and STM32/STM32F1 * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] */ -//#define SERIAL_PORT_3 1 -//#define BAUDRATE_3 250000 // Enable to override BAUDRATE +// #define SERIAL_PORT_3 1 +// #define BAUDRATE_3 250000 // Enable to override BAUDRATE // Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices -//#define BLUETOOTH +// #define BLUETOOTH // Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup #ifndef MOTHERBOARD - #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V2_0 +#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_BTT_SKR_MINI_E3_V2_0 #endif // Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu @@ -149,7 +153,7 @@ // Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines. // Choose your own or use a service like https://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4 -//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" +// #define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000" // @section extruder @@ -157,17 +161,18 @@ // :[0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8] #define EXTRUDERS 1 -// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. +// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for +// Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc. #define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75 // For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle. -//#define SINGLENOZZLE +// #define SINGLENOZZLE // Save and restore temperature and fan speed on tool-change. // Set standby for the unselected tool with M104/106/109 T... #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) - //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP - //#define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN +// #define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_TEMP +// #define SINGLENOZZLE_STANDBY_FAN #endif /** @@ -176,38 +181,44 @@ * * PRUSA_MMU1 : Průša MMU1 (The "multiplexer" version) * PRUSA_MMU2 : Průša MMU2 - * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) - * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) - * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) + * PRUSA_MMU2S : Průša MMU2S (Requires MK3S extruder with motion + * sensor, EXTRUDERS = 5) EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2 : MMU with configurable number of + * filaments (ERCF, SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) + * EXTENDABLE_EMU_MMU2S : MMUS with configurable number of filaments (ERCF, + * SMuFF or similar with Průša MMU2 compatible firmware) * * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails. * See additional options in Configuration_adv.h. */ -//#define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 +// #define MMU_MODEL PRUSA_MMU2 // A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor -//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER +// #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER) - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] - #if EXTRUDERS > 3 - #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 - #endif +#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0 +#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES \ + { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3] +#if EXTRUDERS > 3 +#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1 +#endif #endif -// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles -//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE +// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the +// nozzles +// #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 - //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second - #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) +#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0 +// #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, +// the index of the second +#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES \ + { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo) #endif /** * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN. */ -//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER +// #define PARKING_EXTRUDER /** * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part @@ -217,29 +228,39 @@ * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE */ -//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER +// #define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER #if EITHER(PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil - #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. - //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 - - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) - - #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point - #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple - #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point - #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling +#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X \ + { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders +#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE \ + 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder +// #define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of +// docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + +#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) + +#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT + // magnetized with applied voltage +#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE \ + LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil +#define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY \ + 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined. +// #define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of +// docking solenoids with M380 S / M381 + +#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER) + +#define MPE_FAST_SPEED \ + 9000 // (mm/min) Speed for travel before last distance point +#define MPE_SLOW_SPEED \ + 4500 // (mm/min) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple +#define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point +#define MPE_COMPENSATION \ + 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling - #endif +#endif #endif @@ -249,7 +270,7 @@ * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo. */ -//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD +// #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD /** * Magnetic Switching Toolhead @@ -257,7 +278,7 @@ * Support swappable and dockable toolheads with a magnetic * docking mechanism using movement and no servo. */ -//#define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD +// #define MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD /** * Electromagnetic Switching Toolhead @@ -266,56 +287,72 @@ * Toolheads are parked at one edge and held with an electromagnet. * Supports more than 2 Toolheads. See https://youtu.be/JolbsAKTKf4 */ -//#define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD - -#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders - #if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock - #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) - //#define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before release from the dock - #if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate - #endif - #elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) - #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching - #endif +// #define ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD + +#if ANY(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, \ + ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR \ + 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS \ + { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders +#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES \ + { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock +#elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_RELEASE 5 // (mm) Security distance Y axis +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_SECURITY \ + { 90, 150 } // (mm) Security distance X axis (T0,T1) +// #define PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE // Prime the nozzle before +// release from the dock +#if ENABLED(PRIME_BEFORE_REMOVE) +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_MM 20 // (mm) Extruder prime length +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_MM 10 // (mm) Retract after priming length +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_PRIME_FEEDRATE \ + 300 // (mm/min) Extruder prime feedrate +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_RETRACT_FEEDRATE \ + 2400 // (mm/min) Extruder retract feedrate +#endif +#elif ENABLED(ELECTROMAGNETIC_SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD) +#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Z_HOP 2 // (mm) Z raise for switching +#endif #endif /** * "Mixing Extruder" * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors. - * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix. - * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools. + * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to + * the mix. + * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting + * virtual tools. * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders. - * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation). + * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's + * reference implementation). */ -//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER +// #define MIXING_EXTRUDER #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder - #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 - //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands - //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD - #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) - //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias - #endif -#endif - -// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing). -// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). -// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend. -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle -//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle +#define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder +#define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS \ + 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164 +// #define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement +// commands #define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with +// M166 and LCD +#if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX) +// #define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a +// Gradient alias +#endif +#endif + +// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on +// firmware to position when changing). The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the +// extruder 0 hotend (default extruder). For the other hotends it is their +// distance from the extruder 0 hotend. +// #define HOTEND_OFFSET_X { 0.0, 20.00 } // (mm) relative X-offset for each +// nozzle #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y { 0.0, 5.00 } // (mm) relative Y-offset for +// each nozzle #define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z { 0.0, 0.00 } // (mm) relative Z-offset +// for each nozzle // @section machine @@ -325,31 +362,36 @@ * Enable and connect the power supply to the PS_ON_PIN. * Specify whether the power supply is active HIGH or active LOW. */ -//#define PSU_CONTROL -//#define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" +// #define PSU_CONTROL +// #define PSU_NAME "Power Supply" #if ENABLED(PSU_CONTROL) - #define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box - - //#define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with M80 - //#define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to full power - - //#define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., case light on) - //#define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before power-off (e.g., case light off) - - //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin - #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) - #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power - #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS - #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN - #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN - #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN - //#define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the chamber is over this temperature - //#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 // (°C) Turn on PSU if the cooler is over this temperature - #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration - //#define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. - #endif +#define PSU_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set 'LOW' for ATX, 'HIGH' for X-Box + +// #define PSU_DEFAULT_OFF // Keep power off until enabled directly with +// M80 #define PSU_POWERUP_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for the PSU to warm up to +// full power + +// #define PSU_POWERUP_GCODE "M355 S1" // G-code to run after power-on (e.g., +// case light on) #define PSU_POWEROFF_GCODE "M355 S0" // G-code to run before +// power-off (e.g., case light off) + +// #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin +#if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL) +#define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power +#define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS +#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN +#define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_FAN +#define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_FAN +// #define AUTO_POWER_E_TEMP 50 // (°C) Turn on PSU if any extruder is +// over this temperature #define AUTO_POWER_CHAMBER_TEMP 30 // (°C) Turn on PSU +// if the chamber is over this temperature #define AUTO_POWER_COOLER_TEMP 26 +// // (°C) Turn on PSU if the cooler is over this temperature +#define POWER_TIMEOUT \ + 30 // (s) Turn off power if the machine is idle for this duration +// #define POWER_OFF_DELAY 60 // (s) Delay of poweroff after M81 +// command. Useful to let fans run for extra time. +#endif #endif //=========================================================================== @@ -358,7 +400,8 @@ // @section temperature /** - * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table + * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, + * using correct resistor and table * * Temperature sensors available: * @@ -374,43 +417,47 @@ * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) * 202 : 200k thermistor - Copymaster 3D * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !! - * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) - * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor - * 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar Průša P802M - * 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) - * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup) - * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) - * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) - * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup) - * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) - * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) (4.7k pullup) - * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) - * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" - * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend - * 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - MKS_Base_DKU001327 - * 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. - * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. - * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. - * NOTE: ADC pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the CPU by going over 500°C. - * 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) - * 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) - * 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k pullup) - * 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x + * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution + * at high temp. !! 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G + * (Used in ParCan, J-Head, and E3D) (4.7k pullup) 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy + * X3A) Thermistor 502 : 100K Zonestar Thermistor used by hot bed in Zonestar + * Průša P802M 512 : 100k RPW-Ultra hotend thermistor (4.7k pullup) 6 : 100k + * EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k + * pullup) 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup) 71 : 100k + * Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup) 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay + * NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k + * pullup) 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup) 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% + * thermistor (Used in Keenovo AC silicone mats and most Wanhao i3 machines) + * (4.7k pullup) 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) + * (calibrated for Makibox hot bed) 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for + * hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE" 15 : 100k thermistor calibration + * for JGAurora A5 hotend 18 : ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup) Dagoma.Fr - + * MKS_Base_DKU001327 20 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with + * mainboard ADC reference voltage = INA826 amplifier-board supply voltage. + * NOTES: (1) Must use an ADC input with no pullup. (2) Some INA826 + * amplifiers are unreliable at 3.3V so consider using sensor 147, 110, or 21. + * 21 : Pt100 with circuit in the Ultimainboard V2.x with 3.3v ADC reference + * voltage (STM32, LPC176x....) and 5V INA826 amplifier board supply. NOTE: ADC + * pins are not 5V tolerant. Not recommended because it's possible to damage the + * CPU by going over 500°C. 22 : 100k (hotend) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3V and 220R + * to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) 23 : 100k (bed) with 4.7k pullup to 3.3v + * and 220R to analog input (as in GTM32 Pro vB) 30 : Kis3d Silicone heating mat + * 200W/300W with 6mm precision cast plate (EN AW 5083) NTC100K / B3950 (4.7k + * pullup) 201 : Pt100 with circuit in Overlord, similar to Ultimainboard V2.x * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950 * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design * 67 : 450C thermistor from SliceEngineering * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2 - * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor - * 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some Wanhao i3 machines) + * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 + * thermistor 99 : 100k thermistor with a 10K pull-up resistor (found on some + * Wanhao i3 machines) * - * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k. - * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) - * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) - * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup) - * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) + * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out + * the 4.7k pullup for 1k. (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID) 51 : + * 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup) 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec + * 204GT-2 (1k pullup) 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in + * ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup) * * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup (E3D) * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard) @@ -419,11 +466,12 @@ * * 1000 : Custom - Specify parameters in Configuration_adv.h * - * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine. - * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below. - * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below. + * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production + * machine. 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined + * below. 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined + * below. */ -#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5 #define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0 @@ -437,49 +485,58 @@ #define TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER 0 // Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999 -#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 +#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25 #define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100 // Resistor values when using MAX31865 sensors (-5) on TEMP_SENSOR_0 / 1 -//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 or PT1000) -//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 -//#define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 -//#define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 +// #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_0 100 // (Ω) Typically 100 or 1000 (PT100 +// or PT1000) #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_0 430 // (Ω) Typically 430 for +// AdaFruit PT100; 4300 for AdaFruit PT1000 #define MAX31865_SENSOR_OHMS_1 100 +// #define MAX31865_CALIBRATION_OHMS_1 430 // Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings // from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted. -//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT +// #define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT #define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10 -#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 -#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 -#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - -#define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191 -#define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer -#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target +#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME \ + 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for hotend to "settle" in M109 +#define TEMP_WINDOW \ + 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS \ + 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME \ + 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for bed to "settle" in M190 +#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW \ + 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS \ + 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target + +#define TEMP_CHAMBER_RESIDENCY_TIME \ + 10 // (seconds) Time to wait for chamber to "settle" in M191 +#define TEMP_CHAMBER_WINDOW \ + 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity for the "temperature reached" timer +#define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS \ + 3 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target // Below this temperature the heater will be switched off // because it probably indicates a broken thermistor wire. -#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 -#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 -#define BED_MINTEMP 5 -#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_6_MINTEMP 5 +#define HEATER_7_MINTEMP 5 +#define BED_MINTEMP 5 +#define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 // Above this temperature the heater will be switched off. -// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures. -// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) -#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275 +// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and +// failures. (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.) +#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 300 #define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275 @@ -487,18 +544,19 @@ #define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275 #define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275 -#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 -#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 +#define BED_MAXTEMP 125 +#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 /** * Thermal Overshoot - * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target by many degrees - * (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees - * a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP. + * During heatup (and printing) the temperature can often "overshoot" the target + * by many degrees (especially before PID tuning). Setting the target + * temperature too close to MAXTEMP guarantees a MAXTEMP shutdown! Use these + * values to forbid temperatures being set too close to MAXTEMP. */ -#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT -#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT -#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT +#define HOTEND_OVERSHOOT 15 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT +#define BED_OVERSHOOT 10 // (°C) Forbid temperatures over MAXTEMP - OVERSHOOT +#define COOLER_OVERSHOOT 2 // (°C) Forbid temperatures closer than OVERSHOOT //=========================================================================== //============================= PID Settings ================================ @@ -507,28 +565,37 @@ // Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang. #define PIDTEMP -#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current -#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current -#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop +#define BANG_MAX \ + 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current +#define PID_MAX \ + BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see + // PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current +#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) - //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders) - // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] - - // Creality Ender-3 - #if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) - // Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. - // If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be repeated. - #define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST { 21.73, 21.73 } - #define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST { 1.54, 1.54 } - #define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST { 76.55, 76.55 } - #else - #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 - #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 - #define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 - #endif +// #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" +// menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM) #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID +// auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM) #define +// PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder +// (useful for mismatched extruders) +// Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2] + +// Creality Ender-3 +#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND) +// Specify between 1 and HOTENDS values per array. +// If fewer than EXTRUDER values are provided, the last element will be +// repeated. +#define DEFAULT_Kp_LIST \ + { 21.73, 21.73 } +#define DEFAULT_Ki_LIST \ + { 1.54, 1.54 } +#define DEFAULT_Kd_LIST \ + { 76.55, 76.55 } +#else +#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.73 +#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.54 +#define DEFAULT_Kd 76.55 +#endif #endif // PIDTEMP //=========================================================================== @@ -539,36 +606,41 @@ * PID Bed Heating * * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING + * will enable hysteresis. * * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that + * means 7.689Hz, which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load + * and does not significantly impact FET heating. This also works fine on a + * Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W heater. If your configuration is + * significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues + * involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware + * works. */ -//#define PIDTEMPBED +// #define PIDTEMPBED -//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING +// #define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING /** * Max Bed Power - * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) + * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with + * hysteresis). When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the + * bed that acts like a divider so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on + * your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED) */ #define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 - //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. +// #define MIN_BED_POWER 0 +// #define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - #define DEFAULT_bedKp 50.71 - #define DEFAULT_bedKi 9.88 - #define DEFAULT_bedKd 173.43 +#define DEFAULT_bedKp 50.71 +#define DEFAULT_bedKi 9.88 +#define DEFAULT_bedKd 173.43 - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles. +// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC +// for 8 cycles. #endif // PIDTEMPBED //=========================================================================== @@ -579,48 +651,58 @@ * PID Chamber Heating * * If this option is enabled set PID constants below. - * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable - * hysteresis. + * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and + * CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis. * * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM. - * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz, - * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly - * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W - * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand - * the issues involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works. + * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that + * means 7.689Hz, which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load + * and does not significantly impact FET heating. This also works fine on a + * Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 200W heater. If your configuration is + * significantly different than this and you don't understand the issues + * involved, don't use chamber PID until someone else verifies that your + * hardware works. */ -//#define PIDTEMPCHAMBER -//#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING +// #define PIDTEMPCHAMBER +// #define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING /** * Max Chamber Power - * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis). - * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the chamber heater that acts like a divider - * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER) + * Applies to all forms of chamber control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with + * hysteresis). When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the + * chamber heater that acts like a divider so don't use it unless you are OK + * with PWM on your heater. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPCHAMBER) */ -#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current +#define MAX_CHAMBER_POWER \ + 255 // limits duty cycle to chamber heater; 255=full current #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - #define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0 - //#define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - - // Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to control only the heating element - // and placed inside the small Creality printer enclosure tent. - // - #define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04 - #define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40 - #define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17 - // M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17 - - // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 degreesC for 8 cycles. +#define MIN_CHAMBER_POWER 0 +// #define PID_CHAMBER_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. + +// Lasko "MyHeat Personal Heater" (200w) modified with a Fotek SSR-10DA to +// control only the heating element and placed inside the small Creality printer +// enclosure tent. +// +#define DEFAULT_chamberKp 37.04 +#define DEFAULT_chamberKi 1.40 +#define DEFAULT_chamberKd 655.17 +// M309 P37.04 I1.04 D655.17 + +// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-2 C8 S50" to run autotune on the chamber at 50 +// degreesC for 8 cycles. #endif // PIDTEMPCHAMBER #if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to toggle activation. - //#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX - //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay - #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature - // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. +// #define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. Use +// 'M303 D' to toggle activation. #define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in +// open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX #define +// SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and +// minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay +#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE \ + 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the + // actual temperature is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will + // be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max. #endif // @section extruder @@ -659,10 +741,13 @@ * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h */ -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated chamber -#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser cooling +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all + // extruders +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER // Enable thermal protection for the heated + // chamber +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER // Enable thermal protection for the laser + // cooling //=========================================================================== //============================= Mechanical Settings ========================= @@ -672,13 +757,14 @@ // Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics, // either in the usual order or reversed -//#define COREXY -//#define COREXZ -//#define COREYZ -//#define COREYX -//#define COREZX -//#define COREZY -//#define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 +// #define COREXY +// #define COREXZ +// #define COREYZ +// #define COREYX +// #define COREZX +// #define COREZY +// #define MARKFORGED_XY // MarkForged. See +// https://reprap.org/forum/read.php?152,504042 //=========================================================================== //============================== Endstop Settings =========================== @@ -686,60 +772,71 @@ // @section homing -// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe. -// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the -// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes. +// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or +// probe. Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or +// more of the extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and +// non-probe purposes. #define USE_XMIN_PLUG #define USE_YMIN_PLUG #define USE_ZMIN_PLUG -//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG -//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG +// #define USE_XMAX_PLUG +// #define USE_YMAX_PLUG +// #define USE_ZMAX_PLUG // Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state #define ENDSTOPPULLUPS #if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE +// Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually +// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX +// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX +// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX +// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN +// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN +// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN +// #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE #endif // Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state -//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS +// #define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS #if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS) - // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN - //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE -#endif - -// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup). -#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. -#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. +// Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually +// #define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX +// #define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX +// #define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX +// #define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN +// #define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN +// #define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN +// #define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE +#endif + +// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here +// (most common setup). +#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING \ + false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING \ + false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING \ + false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING \ + false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING \ + false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING \ + false // Set to true to invert the logic of the endstop. +#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING \ + false // Set to true to invert the logic of the probe. /** * Stepper Drivers * - * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for - * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h. + * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced + * options for stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing + * options in Configuration_adv.h. * * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers. * - * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. + * Use TMC2208/TMC2208_STANDALONE for TMC2225 drivers and + * TMC2209/TMC2209_STANDALONE for TMC2226 drivers. * * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, L6474, POWERSTEP01, * TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100, @@ -747,28 +844,33 @@ * TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE, TMC2209, TMC2209_STANDALONE, * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE, * TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE - * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] - */ -#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 + * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'L6474', 'POWERSTEP01', + * 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', + * 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', + * 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', + * 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', + * 'TMC5160_STANDALONE'] + */ +#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 +// #define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 #define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209 -//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 -//#define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define E6_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 +// #define E7_DRIVER_TYPE A4988 // Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable. // This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles. -//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE +// #define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE /** * Endstop Noise Threshold @@ -782,10 +884,10 @@ * * :[2,3,4,5,6,7] */ -//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 +// #define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2 // Check for stuck or disconnected endstops during homing moves. -//#define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP +// #define DETECT_BROKEN_ENDSTOP //============================================================================= //============================== Movement Settings ============================ @@ -805,25 +907,29 @@ * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest. */ -//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS +// #define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS /** * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm) * Override with M92 * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ -#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 } +#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT \ + { 80, 80, 400, 397 } /** * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s) * Override with M203 * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 200, 200, 5, 25 } +#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE \ + { 200, 200, 5, 25 } -//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 +// #define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to +// DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2 #if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING) - #define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#define MAX_FEEDRATE_EDIT_VALUES \ + { 600, 600, 10, 50 } // ...or, set your own edit limits #endif /** @@ -832,11 +938,14 @@ * Override with M201 * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2...]] */ -#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 100, 5000 } +#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION \ + { 1000, 1000, 100, 5000 } -//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 +// #define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to +// DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2 #if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING) - #define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#define MAX_ACCEL_EDIT_VALUES \ + { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 } // ...or, set your own edit limits #endif /** @@ -847,9 +956,11 @@ * M204 R Retract Acceleration * M204 T Travel Acceleration */ -#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves -#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts -#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves +#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION \ + 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves +#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 500 // E acceleration for retracts +#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION \ + 500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves /** * Default Jerk limits (mm/s) @@ -859,21 +970,24 @@ * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the * value set here, it may happen instantaneously. */ -//#define CLASSIC_JERK +// #define CLASSIC_JERK #if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 - #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 - - //#define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all travel moves - - //#define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 - #if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) - #define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits - #endif +#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0 +#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0 +#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3 + +// #define TRAVEL_EXTRA_XYJERK 0.0 // Additional jerk allowance for all +// travel moves + +// #define LIMITED_JERK_EDITING // Limit edit via M205 or LCD to +// DEFAULT_aJERK * 2 +#if ENABLED(LIMITED_JERK_EDITING) +#define MAX_JERK_EDIT_VALUES \ + { 20, 20, 0.6, 10 } // ...or, set your own edit limits +#endif #endif -#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance +#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance /** * Junction Deviation Factor @@ -883,9 +997,10 @@ * https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html */ #if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK) - #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge - #define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle - // for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°). +#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.08 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge +#define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the + // junction angle for small segments (< 1mm) + // with large junction angles (> 135°). #endif /** @@ -912,10 +1027,10 @@ * The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing. * (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.) */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN // Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing -//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING +// #define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING /** * Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN @@ -932,7 +1047,7 @@ * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32. * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32. */ -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN 32 // Pin 32 is the RAMPS default /** * Probe Type @@ -942,71 +1057,77 @@ */ /** - * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe. - * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands - * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. + * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a + * probe. Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement + * commands or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller. */ -//#define PROBE_MANUALLY +// #define PROBE_MANUALLY /** * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment. * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.) */ -//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE +// #define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE /** * Use the nozzle as the probe, as with a conductive * nozzle system or a piezo-electric smart effector. */ -//#define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE +// #define NOZZLE_AS_PROBE /** * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm. */ -//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. -//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles +// #define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector. +// #define Z_SERVO_ANGLES { 70, 0 } // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles /** * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo. */ -//#define BLTOUCH +#define BLTOUCH /** * Touch-MI Probe by hotends.fr * - * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the edge of the bed. - * By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and activated by a home. If the magnet is - * on the right, enable and set TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. + * This probe is deployed and activated by moving the X-axis to a magnet at the + * edge of the bed. By default, the magnet is assumed to be on the left and + * activated by a home. If the magnet is on the right, enable and set + * TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS to the deploy position. * * Also requires: BABYSTEPPING, BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, Z_SAFE_HOMING, * and a minimum Z_HOMING_HEIGHT of 10. */ -//#define TOUCH_MI_PROBE +// #define TOUCH_MI_PROBE #if ENABLED(TOUCH_MI_PROBE) - #define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts - //#define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right side of the bed - //#define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual deploy (LCD menu) +#define TOUCH_MI_RETRACT_Z 0.5 // Height at which the probe retracts +// #define TOUCH_MI_DEPLOY_XPOS (X_MAX_BED + 2) // For a magnet on the right +// side of the bed #define TOUCH_MI_MANUAL_DEPLOY // For manual +// deploy (LCD menu) #endif // A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN) -//#define SOLENOID_PROBE +// #define SOLENOID_PROBE // A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell. -//#define Z_PROBE_SLED -//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like. - -// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. -//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE +// #define Z_PROBE_SLED +// #define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel +// to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd +// like. + +// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's +// rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice. +// #define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE #if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE) - #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS - #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS +#define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS +#define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS #endif // Duet Smart Effector (for delta printers) - https://bit.ly/2ul5U7J // When the pin is defined you can use M672 to set/reset the probe sensivity. -//#define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR +// #define DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR #if ENABLED(DUET_SMART_EFFECTOR) - #define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin +#define SMART_EFFECTOR_MOD_PIN \ + -1 // Connect a GPIO pin to the Smart Effector MOD pin #endif /** @@ -1015,7 +1136,7 @@ * CAUTION: This can damage machines with Z lead screws. * Take extreme care when setting up this feature. */ -//#define SENSORLESS_PROBING +// #define SENSORLESS_PROBING // // For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations. @@ -1030,14 +1151,17 @@ * * Z offset * - For the Z offset use your best known value and adjust at runtime. - * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z offset. - * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When using - * probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES - * to avoid collisions during probing. + * - Common probes trigger below the nozzle and have negative values for Z + * offset. + * - Probes triggering above the nozzle height are uncommon but do exist. When + * using probes such as this, carefully set Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE and + * Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES to avoid collisions during probing. * * Tune and Adjust - * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, babystepping, etc. - * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z offset. + * - Probe Offsets can be tuned at runtime with 'M851', LCD menus, + * babystepping, etc. + * - PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD (configuration_adv.h) can be used for setting the Z + * offset. * * Assuming the typical work area orientation: * - Probe to RIGHT of the Nozzle has a Positive X offset @@ -1061,17 +1185,19 @@ * | [-] | * O-- FRONT --+ */ -#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { -40, -10, -1.85 } +#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET \ + { -40, -10, -3.80 } // Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but // with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area. #define PROBING_MARGIN 10 // X and Y axis travel speed (mm/min) between probes -#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133*60) +#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133 * 60) -// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) -#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4*60) +// Feedrate (mm/min) for the first approach when double-probing +// (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2) +#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4 * 60) // Feedrate (mm/min) for the "accurate" probe of each point #define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2) @@ -1081,10 +1207,10 @@ * A switch indicating proper deployment, or an optical * switch triggered when the carriage is near the bed. */ -//#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH +// #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) - #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active - //#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin +#define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_STATE LOW // State indicating probe is active +// #define PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH_PIN PC6 // Override default pin #endif /** @@ -1092,15 +1218,16 @@ * Useful for a strain gauge or piezo sensor that needs to factor out * elements such as cables pulling on the carriage. */ -//#define PROBE_TARE +// #define PROBE_TARE #if ENABLED(PROBE_TARE) - #define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin - #define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before - #define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare - //#define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin - #if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) - //#define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active - #endif +#define PROBE_TARE_TIME 200 // (ms) Time to hold tare pin +#define PROBE_TARE_DELAY 200 // (ms) Delay after tare before +#define PROBE_TARE_STATE HIGH // State to write pin for tare +// #define PROBE_TARE_PIN PA5 // Override default pin +#if ENABLED(PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH) +// #define PROBE_TARE_ONLY_WHILE_INACTIVE // Fail to tare/probe if +// PROBE_ACTIVATION_SWITCH is active +#endif #endif /** @@ -1112,8 +1239,8 @@ * A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average. * A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average. */ -//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 -//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1 +// #define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2 +// #define EXTRA_PROBING 1 /** * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between @@ -1129,24 +1256,25 @@ * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle. * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle. */ -#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow -#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points -#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes -//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done +#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow +#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points +#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes +// #define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done -#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping +#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT \ + -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping // For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset #define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20 #define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20 // Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy -//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST +// #define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST // Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation -//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW +// #define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW #if ENABLED(PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW) - //#define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe +// #define PAUSE_PROBE_DEPLOY_WHEN_TRIGGERED // For Manual Deploy Allenkey Probe #endif /** @@ -1156,23 +1284,27 @@ * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors. */ -//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing +// #define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing #if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF) - //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy) - //#define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold extrude) +// #define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between +// probes (to improve accuracy) #define WAIT_FOR_HOTEND // Wait for +// hotend to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy & prevent cold +// extrude) #endif -//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing -//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing -//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors +// #define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing +// #define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold +// position) when probing #define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent +// vibrations from triggering piezo sensors // Require minimum nozzle and/or bed temperature for probing -//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING +// #define PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING #if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_PROBING) - #define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time - #define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 +#define PROBING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time +#define PROBING_BED_TEMP 50 #endif -// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1 +// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active +// High) use 1 // :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' } #define X_ENABLE_ON 0 #define Y_ENABLE_ON 0 @@ -1186,16 +1318,17 @@ #define DISABLE_Z false // Turn off the display blinking that warns about possible accuracy reduction -//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING +// #define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING // @section extruder -#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled +#define DISABLE_E false // Disable the extruder when not stepping +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled // @section machine -// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way. +// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an +// axis goes the wrong way. #define INVERT_X_DIR true #define INVERT_Y_DIR true #define INVERT_Z_DIR false @@ -1214,20 +1347,24 @@ // @section homing -//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. +// #define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been +// homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety. #define +// HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. +// Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety. /** * Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled. * - Use a low value (i.e., Z_MIN_POS) if the nozzle falls down to the bed. - * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the nozzle. + * - Use a large value (i.e., Z_MAX_POS) if the bed falls down, away from the + * nozzle. */ -//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS +// #define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS -//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... - // Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. +// #define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) +// for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ... +// Be sure to have this much clearance over your Z_MAX_POS to prevent grinding. -//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z +// #define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing Z // Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN // :[-1,1] @@ -1261,29 +1398,30 @@ // Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y +#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z #endif // Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS #if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y - #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y +#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z #endif #if EITHER(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) - //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD +// #define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the +// LCD #endif /** * Filament Runout Sensors * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament. * - * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is running. - * Marlin knows a print job is running when: + * IMPORTANT: Runout will only trigger if Marlin is aware that a print job is + * running. Marlin knows a print job is running when: * 1. Running a print job from media started with M24. * 2. The Print Job Timer has been started with M75. * 3. The heaters were turned on and PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART is enabled. @@ -1291,66 +1429,72 @@ * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor. * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc. */ -//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR +// #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) - #define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. - #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. - - #define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. - #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. - //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. - //#define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder. - // This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs. - - // Override individually if the runout sensors vary - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN - - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP - //#define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN - - // Commands to execute on filament runout. - // With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in commands (e.g., "M600 T%c") - // NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament runout and this script does not apply. - #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament - // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of - // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. - //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 - - #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin - // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM - // large enough to avoid false positives.) - //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR - #endif +#define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT \ + true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500. +#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS \ + 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for + // each. + +#define FIL_RUNOUT_STATE \ + LOW // Pin state indicating that filament is NOT present. +#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. +// #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament +// runout pins. #define WATCH_ALL_RUNOUT_SENSORS // Execute runout script +// on any triggering sensor, not only for the active extruder. +// This is automatically enabled for MIXING_EXTRUDERs. + +// Override individually if the runout sensors vary +// #define FIL_RUNOUT1_STATE LOW +// #define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLUP +// #define FIL_RUNOUT1_PULLDOWN + +// #define FIL_RUNOUT2_STATE LOW +// #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLUP +// #define FIL_RUNOUT2_PULLDOWN + +// #define FIL_RUNOUT3_STATE LOW +// #define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLUP +// #define FIL_RUNOUT3_PULLDOWN + +// #define FIL_RUNOUT4_STATE LOW +// #define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLUP +// #define FIL_RUNOUT4_PULLDOWN + +// #define FIL_RUNOUT5_STATE LOW +// #define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLUP +// #define FIL_RUNOUT5_PULLDOWN + +// #define FIL_RUNOUT6_STATE LOW +// #define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLUP +// #define FIL_RUNOUT6_PULLDOWN + +// #define FIL_RUNOUT7_STATE LOW +// #define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLUP +// #define FIL_RUNOUT7_PULLDOWN + +// #define FIL_RUNOUT8_STATE LOW +// #define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLUP +// #define FIL_RUNOUT8_PULLDOWN + +// Commands to execute on filament runout. +// With multiple runout sensors use the %c placeholder for the current tool in +// commands (e.g., "M600 T%c") NOTE: After 'M412 H1' the host handles filament +// runout and this script does not apply. +#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + +// After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament +// before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of +// a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead. +// #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25 + +#ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM +// Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin +// as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM +// large enough to avoid false positives.) +// #define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR +#endif #endif //=========================================================================== @@ -1387,14 +1531,14 @@ * - MESH_BED_LEVELING * Probe a grid manually * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.) - * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform - * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point. - * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. - */ -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR -//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL + * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to + * perform leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each + * grid-point. With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step. + */ +// #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT +// #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR +// #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR +// #define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL #define MESH_BED_LEVELING /** @@ -1402,16 +1546,16 @@ * these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable * leveling immediately after G28. */ -//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 -//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +// #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 +// #define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28 /** * Auto-leveling needs preheating */ -//#define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING +// #define PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING #if ENABLED(PREHEAT_BEFORE_LEVELING) - #define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time - #define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 +#define LEVELING_NOZZLE_TEMP 120 // (°C) Only applies to E0 at this time +#define LEVELING_BED_TEMP 50 #endif /** @@ -1419,104 +1563,116 @@ * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'. * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM! */ -//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE +// #define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE #if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, PROBE_MANUALLY) - // Set a height for the start of manual adjustment - #define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height +// Set a height for the start of manual adjustment +#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z \ + 0.2 // (mm) Comment out to use the last-measured height #endif #if ANY(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, - // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. - // The height can be set with M420 Z - #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT - #if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) - #define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. - #endif - - // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, - // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the - // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. - #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES - #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) - - /** - * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. - */ - //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION - #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) - #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. - #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. - #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. - #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. - #define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. - #define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. - #endif +// Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached, +// at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane. +// The height can be set with M420 Z +#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT +#if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT) +#define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height. +#endif + +// For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries, +// split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the +// contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves. +#define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES +#define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH \ + 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one) + +/** + * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool. + */ +// #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION +#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION) +#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle. +#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26. +#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26. +#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26. +#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves. +#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves. +#define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER \ + 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements. +#endif #endif #if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - // Set the number of grid points per dimension. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X +// Set the number of grid points per dimension. +#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 +#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column - //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST +// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column +// #define PROBE_Y_FIRST - #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) +#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) - // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? - // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. - #define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID +// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt? +// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge. +#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID - // - // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. - // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. - // - //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION - #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) - // Number of subdivisions between probe points - #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 - #endif +// +// Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method. +// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh. +// +// #define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION +#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION) +// Number of subdivisions between probe points +#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3 +#endif - #endif +#endif #elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //=========================================================================== - //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ - //=========================================================================== +//=========================================================================== +//========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================ +//=========================================================================== - //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh +// #define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing +// the mesh - #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X +#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed +#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X \ + 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited. +#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - //#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points +// #define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel +// when probing multiple points - #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle - #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500 +#define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of + // nozzle +#define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current + // slot on M500 - //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used - // as the Z-Height correction value. +// #define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, +// this value is used +// as the Z-Height correction value. - //#define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a complete mesh +// #define UBL_MESH_WIZARD // Run several commands in a row to get a +// complete mesh #elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) - //=========================================================================== - //=================================== Mesh ================================== - //=========================================================================== +//=========================================================================== +//=================================== Mesh ================================== +//=========================================================================== - #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. - #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X +#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed +#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X \ + 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited. +#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X - //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS +// #define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') +// rest Z at Z_MIN_POS #endif // BED_LEVELING @@ -1527,81 +1683,89 @@ #define LCD_BED_LEVELING #if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING) - #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. - #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment - #define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points +#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis. +#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE \ + 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment +#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points #endif // Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment #define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS #if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points - //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner - //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE - #if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, re-probe to verify - //#define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK - #endif - - /** - * Corner Leveling Order - * - * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the opposite edge. - * - * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front - * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back - * - * Examples: - * - * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} - * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB - * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | - * | | | | | | | <3>| - * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | - * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF - */ - #define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER { LF, RF, RB, LB } +#define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET_LFRB \ + { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets +#define LEVEL_CORNERS_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at leveling points +#define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP \ + 4.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle between leveling points +// #define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last +// corner #define LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE +#if ENABLED(LEVEL_CORNERS_USE_PROBE) +#define LEVEL_CORNERS_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 +#define LEVEL_CORNERS_VERIFY_RAISED // After adjustment triggers the probe, + // re-probe to verify +// #define LEVEL_CORNERS_AUDIO_FEEDBACK +#endif + +/** + * Corner Leveling Order + * + * Set 2 or 4 points. When 2 points are given, the 3rd is the center of the + * opposite edge. + * + * LF Left-Front RF Right-Front + * LB Left-Back RB Right-Back + * + * Examples: + * + * Default {LF,RB,LB,RF} {LF,RF} {LB,LF} + * LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB LB --------- RB + * | 4 3 | | 3 2 | | <3> | | 1 | + * | | | | | | | <3>| + * | 1 2 | | 1 4 | | 1 2 | | 2 | + * LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF LF --------- RF + */ +#define LEVEL_CORNERS_LEVELING_ORDER \ + { LF, RF, RB, LB } #endif /** * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing. * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way. */ -//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" +// #define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10" // @section homing // The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0) -//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 +// #define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0 // Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings. // For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume. -//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0 -//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 +#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS -40 +#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS -15 +// #define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0 // Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area. // // With this feature enabled: // // - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled. -// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing. +// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z +// homing. // - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing. // - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area. // -//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING +// #define Z_SAFE_HOMING #if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING) - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing - #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing +#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // X point for Z homing +#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT Y_CENTER // Y point for Z homing #endif // Homing speeds (mm/min) -#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (20*60), (20*60), (4*60) } +#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M \ + { (20 * 60), (20 * 60), (4 * 60) } // Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves #define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS @@ -1636,31 +1800,31 @@ * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR */ -//#define SKEW_CORRECTION +// #define SKEW_CORRECTION #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION) - // Input all length measurements here: - #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define XY_SIDE_AD 200 - - // Or, set the default skew factors directly here - // to override the above measurements: - #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z - #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) - #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 - #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 - #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 - #endif - - // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime - //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE +// Input all length measurements here: +#define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 +#define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 +#define XY_SIDE_AD 200 + +// Or, set the default skew factors directly here +// to override the above measurements: +#define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 + +// #define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z +#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z) +#define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 +#define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 +#define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746 +#define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746 +#define YZ_SIDE_AD 200 +#define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 +#define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0 +#endif + +// Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime +// #define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE #endif //============================================================================= @@ -1676,14 +1840,18 @@ * * M500 - Store settings to EEPROM. * M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes) - * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.) - */ -#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 -//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release! -#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM. -#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load + * M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the + * EEPROM.) + */ +#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501 +// #define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for +// release! +#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save + // PROGMEM. +#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first + // load #if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. +#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors. #endif // @@ -1692,36 +1860,39 @@ // When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host // every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands. // -#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages -#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. -#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating +#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like + // keepalive messages +#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL \ + 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113. +#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during + // heating // // G20/G21 Inch mode support // -//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT +// #define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT // // M149 Set temperature units support // -//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT +// #define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT // @section temperature // // Preheat Constants - Up to 5 are supported without changes // -#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" +#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA" #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 185 -#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 +#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 45 #define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 -#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 +#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 -#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" +#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS" #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240 -#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 +#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110 #define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35 -#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 +#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255 /** * Nozzle Park @@ -1737,13 +1908,17 @@ #define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE) - // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } - #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } - //#define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park - //#define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance - #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) - #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) +// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise } +#define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT \ + { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 } +// #define NOZZLE_PARK_X_ONLY // X move only is required to park +// #define NOZZLE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y move only is required to park +#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN \ + 2 // (mm) Always raise Z by at least this distance +#define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE \ + 100 // (mm/s) X and Y axes feedrate (also used for delta Z axis) +#define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE \ + 5 // (mm/s) Z axis feedrate (not used for delta printers) #endif /** @@ -1758,8 +1933,8 @@ * * Patterns: * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material - * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions) - * between the start / end points. + * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth + * motions) between the start / end points. * * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes. @@ -1783,42 +1958,53 @@ * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z. * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change. */ -//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE +// #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE #if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE) - // Default number of pattern repetitions - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 - - // Default number of triangles - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 - - // Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } - // Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT { { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } } - - // Circular pattern radius - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 - // Circular pattern circle fragments number - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 - // Middle point of circle - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT - - // Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK - - // For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z - - // For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y - - // Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning - #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 - //#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping wipe - - // Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. - //#define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" +// Default number of pattern repetitions +#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12 + +// Default number of triangles +#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3 + +// Specify positions for each tool as { { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z } } +// Dual hotend system may use { { -20, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }, { +// 420, (Y_BED_SIZE / 2), (Z_MIN_POS + 1) }} +#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT \ + { \ + { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } \ + } +#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT \ + { \ + { 100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1) } \ + } + +// Circular pattern radius +#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5 +// Circular pattern circle fragments number +#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10 +// Middle point of circle +#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT + +// Move the nozzle to the initial position after cleaning +#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK + +// For a purge/clean station that's always at the gantry height (thus no Z move) +// #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Z + +// For a purge/clean station mounted on the X axis +// #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_NO_Y + +// Require a minimum hotend temperature for cleaning +#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_MIN_TEMP 170 +// #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_HEATUP // Heat up the nozzle instead of skipping +// wipe + +// Explicit wipe G-code script applies to a G12 with no arguments. +// #define WIPE_SEQUENCE_COMMANDS "G1 X-17 Y25 Z10 F4000\nG1 Z1\nM114\nG1 X-17 +// Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 +// Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 X-17 Y25\nG1 X-17 Y95\nG1 +// Z15\nM400\nG0 X-10.0 Y-9.0" #endif @@ -1851,9 +2037,10 @@ * * View the current statistics with M78. */ -//#define PRINTCOUNTER +// #define PRINTCOUNTER #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print +#define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL \ + 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print #endif /** @@ -1875,16 +2062,17 @@ * the firmware with the feature disabled, reset EEPROM, and (optionally) * re-flash the firmware again with this feature enabled. */ -//#define PASSWORD_FEATURE +// #define PASSWORD_FEATURE #if ENABLED(PASSWORD_FEATURE) - #define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended - #define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP - #define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P command. Disable to prevent brute-force attack. - #define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P S. - //#define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from running - //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END - //#define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT - //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE +#define PASSWORD_LENGTH 4 // (#) Number of digits (1-9). 3 or 4 is recommended +#define PASSWORD_ON_STARTUP +#define PASSWORD_UNLOCK_GCODE // Unlock with the M511 P command. + // Disable to prevent brute-force attack. +#define PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE // Change the password with M512 P S. +// #define PASSWORD_ON_SD_PRINT_MENU // This does not prevent gcodes from +// running #define PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_END #define +// PASSWORD_AFTER_SD_PRINT_ABORT #include "Configuration_Secure.h" // +// External file with PASSWORD_DEFAULT_VALUE #endif //============================================================================= @@ -1901,7 +2089,15 @@ * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el_gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, hu, it, * jp_kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt_br, ro, ru, sk, sv, tr, uk, vi, zh_CN, zh_TW * - * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } + * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', + * 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el_gr':'Greek + * (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', + * 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'hu':'Hungarian', + * 'it':'Italian', 'jp_kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', + * 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt_br':'Portuguese + * (Brazilian)', 'ro':'Romanian', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'sv':'Swedish', + * 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'vi':'Vietnamese', 'zh_CN':'Chinese + * (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)' } */ #define LCD_LANGUAGE en @@ -1949,7 +2145,7 @@ * * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication. */ -//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY +// #define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY /** * LCD Menu Items @@ -1957,8 +2153,8 @@ * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space. */ -//#define NO_LCD_MENUS -//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS +// #define NO_LCD_MENUS +// #define SLIM_LCD_MENUS // // ENCODER SETTINGS @@ -1966,13 +2162,13 @@ // This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to // produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders. // -//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 +// #define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4 // // Use this option to override the number of step signals required to // move between next/prev menu items. // -//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 +// #define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1 /** * Encoder Direction Options @@ -1989,7 +2185,7 @@ // // Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE // -//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION +// #define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION // // This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus. @@ -1997,7 +2193,7 @@ // If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP. // If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN. // -//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION +// #define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION // // This option reverses the encoder direction for Select Screen. @@ -2005,12 +2201,13 @@ // If CLOCKWISE normally moves LEFT this makes it go RIGHT. // If CLOCKWISE normally moves RIGHT this makes it go LEFT. // -//#define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION +// #define REVERSE_SELECT_DIRECTION // // Individual Axis Homing // -// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu. +// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD +// menu. // #define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU @@ -2020,7 +2217,7 @@ // If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here. // By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency. // -//#define SPEAKER +// #define SPEAKER // // The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound. @@ -2029,8 +2226,8 @@ // Note: Test audio output with the G-Code: // M300 S P // -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 -//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 +// #define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2 +// #define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000 //============================================================================= //======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= @@ -2043,7 +2240,7 @@ // // Note: Usually sold with a white PCB. // -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER +// #define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER // // GT2560 (YHCB2004) LCD Display @@ -2051,29 +2248,29 @@ // Requires Testato, Koepel softwarewire library and // Andriy Golovnya's LiquidCrystal_AIP31068 library. // -//#define YHCB2004 +// #define YHCB2004 // // Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader // http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/ // -//#define RADDS_DISPLAY +// #define RADDS_DISPLAY // // ULTIMAKER Controller. // -//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER +// #define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER // // ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse. // -//#define ULTIPANEL +// #define ULTIPANEL // // PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3) // https://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne // -//#define PANEL_ONE +// #define PANEL_ONE // // GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller @@ -2081,32 +2278,33 @@ // // Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB. // -//#define G3D_PANEL +// #define G3D_PANEL // // RigidBot Panel V1.0 // http://www.inventapart.com/ // -//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL +// #define RIGIDBOT_PANEL // // Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller // https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32765887917.html // -//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 +// #define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602 // // ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller // -//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin. - // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference - // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. - // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. +// #define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to +// an analog pin. +// This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference +// which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up. +// This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons. // // Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD. // -//#define ULTRA_LCD +// #define ULTRA_LCD //============================================================================= //======================== LCD / Controller Selection ========================= @@ -2116,15 +2314,16 @@ // // CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C // -// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C -// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C +// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's +// LiquidCrystal_I2C library. For more info: +// https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C // // // Elefu RA Board Control Panel // http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53 // -//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL +// #define RA_CONTROL_PANEL // // Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays @@ -2132,13 +2331,13 @@ // These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library // https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home // -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 -//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 +// #define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602 +// #define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004 // // Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter // -//#define LCM1602 +// #define LCM1602 // // PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs, @@ -2150,13 +2349,13 @@ // Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to // a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1). // -//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 +// #define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2 // // Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs, // integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs. // -//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI +// #define LCD_I2C_VIKI // // CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels @@ -2166,22 +2365,22 @@ // 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH // LCD configuration: https://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD // -//#define SAV_3DLCD +// #define SAV_3DLCD // // 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094 // https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD // Uses the code directly from Sailfish // -//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD +// #define FF_INTERFACEBOARD // // TFT GLCD Panel with Marlin UI // Panel connected to main board by SPI or I2C interface. // See https://github.com/Serhiy-K/TFTGLCDAdapter // -//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI -//#define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C +// #define TFTGLCD_PANEL_SPI +// #define TFTGLCD_PANEL_I2C //============================================================================= //======================= LCD / Controller Selection ======================= @@ -2201,104 +2400,107 @@ // RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller // https://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller // -//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER +// #define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER // // K.3D Full Graphic Smart Controller // -//#define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER +// #define K3D_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER // // ReprapWorld Graphical LCD // https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218 // -//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD +// #define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD // // Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices // Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD // https://www.panucatt.com // -//#define VIKI2 -//#define miniVIKI +// #define VIKI2 +// #define miniVIKI // // MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic // controller and SD support - https://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel // -//#define MINIPANEL +// #define MINIPANEL // // MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support. // https://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel // -//#define MAKRPANEL +// #define MAKRPANEL // // Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller. // https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/ // -//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER +// #define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER // // BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by // default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2. // -//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER +// #define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER // // Cartesio UI // http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface // -//#define CARTESIO_UI +// #define CARTESIO_UI // // LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD // -//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI +// #define LCD_FOR_MELZI // -// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder +// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and +// encoder // https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1) // -//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER +// #define ULTI_CONTROLLER // // MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support // https://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864 // -//#define MKS_MINI_12864 +// #define MKS_MINI_12864 // -// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. -// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html +// MKS LCD12864A/B with graphic controller and SD support. Follows +// MKS_MINI_12864 pinout. https://www.aliexpress.com/item/33018110072.html // -//#define MKS_LCD12864A -//#define MKS_LCD12864B +// #define MKS_LCD12864A +// #define MKS_LCD12864B // // FYSETC variant of the MINI12864 graphic controller with SD support // https://wiki.fysetc.com/Mini12864_Panel/ // -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by default -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB Backlight (always on) -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB Backlight -//#define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic ON/OFF backlight. +// #define FYSETC_MINI_12864_X_X // Type C/D/E/F. No tunable RGB Backlight by +// default #define FYSETC_MINI_12864_1_2 // Type C/D/E/F. Simple RGB +// Backlight (always on) #define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_0 // Type A/B. Discreet +// RGB Backlight #define FYSETC_MINI_12864_2_1 // Type A/B. NeoPixel RGB +// Backlight #define FYSETC_GENERIC_12864_1_1 // Larger display with basic +// ON/OFF backlight. // // Factory display for Creality CR-10 // https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32833148327.html // // This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector. -// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display) +// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the +// display) // #define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY // // Ender-2 OEM display, a variant of the MKS_MINI_12864 // -//#define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY +// #define ENDER2_STOCKDISPLAY // // ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller @@ -2307,20 +2509,20 @@ // A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with // different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h). Enable one of these. // -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD -//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING +// #define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD +// #define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD_ALT_WIRING // // AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD // https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32837222770.html // -//#define AZSMZ_12864 +// #define AZSMZ_12864 // // Silvergate GLCD controller // https://github.com/android444/Silvergate // -//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER +// #define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER //============================================================================= //============================== OLED Displays ============================== @@ -2329,21 +2531,21 @@ // // SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display // -//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 +// #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 // // SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules // -//#define SAV_3DGLCD +// #define SAV_3DGLCD #if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD) - #define U8GLIB_SSD1306 - //#define U8GLIB_SH1106 +#define U8GLIB_SSD1306 +// #define U8GLIB_SH1106 #endif // // TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel // -//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 +// #define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2 // // MKS OLED 1.3" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller @@ -2351,35 +2553,36 @@ // // Tiny, but very sharp OLED display // -//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) -//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller +// #define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default) +// #define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller // // Zonestar OLED 128×64 Full Graphics Controller // -//#define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 controller -//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 controller (default) -//#define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with SSD1306 controller +// #define ZONESTAR_12864LCD // Graphical (DOGM) with ST7920 +// controller #define ZONESTAR_12864OLED // 1.3" OLED with SH1106 +// controller (default) #define ZONESTAR_12864OLED_SSD1306 // 0.96" OLED with +// SSD1306 controller // // Einstart S OLED SSD1306 // -//#define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART +// #define U8GLIB_SH1106_EINSTART // // Overlord OLED display/controller with i2c buzzer and LEDs // -//#define OVERLORD_OLED +// #define OVERLORD_OLED // // FYSETC OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller with WS2812 RGB // Where to find : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/4000345255731.html -//#define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller +// #define FYSETC_242_OLED_12864 // Uses the SSD1309 controller // // K.3D SSD1309 OLED 2.42" 128×64 Full Graphics Controller // -//#define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI +// #define K3D_242_OLED_CONTROLLER // Software SPI //============================================================================= //========================== Extensible UI Displays =========================== @@ -2390,66 +2593,67 @@ // ORIGIN : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32993409517.html // FYSETC : https://www.aliexpress.com/item/32961471929.html // -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY +// #define DGUS_LCD_UI_ORIGIN +// #define DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC +// #define DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY -//#define DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS +// #define DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS #if ENABLED(DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS) - #define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI +#define USE_MKS_GREEN_UI #endif // // CR-6 OEM touch screen. A DWIN display with touch. // -//#define DWIN_CREALITY_TOUCHLCD +// #define DWIN_CREALITY_TOUCHLCD // // Touch-screen LCD for Malyan M200/M300 printers // -//#define MALYAN_LCD +// #define MALYAN_LCD #if ENABLED(MALYAN_LCD) - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 +#define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Malyan M200 #endif // // Touch UI for FTDI EVE (FT800/FT810) displays // See Configuration_adv.h for all configuration options. // -//#define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE +// #define TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE // // Touch-screen LCD for Anycubic printers // -//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA -//#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON +// #define ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA +// #define ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON #if EITHER(ANYCUBIC_LCD_I3MEGA, ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic - //#define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG +#define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 // Default is 3 for Anycubic +// #define ANYCUBIC_LCD_DEBUG #endif // // 320x240 Nextion 2.8" serial TFT Resistive Touch Screen NX3224T028 // -//#define NEXTION_TFT +// #define NEXTION_TFT #if ENABLED(NEXTION_TFT) - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Nextion +#define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 1 // Default is 1 for Nextion #endif // // PanelDue touch controller by Escher3D // http://escher3d.com/pages/order/products/product2.php // -//#define PANELDUE +// #define PANELDUE // // Third-party or vendor-customized controller interfaces. // Sources should be installed in 'src/lcd/extui'. // -//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI +// #define EXTENSIBLE_UI #if ENABLED(EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external display +// #define EXTUI_LOCAL_BEEPER // Enables use of local Beeper pin with external +// display #endif //============================================================================= @@ -2465,107 +2669,108 @@ // 480x320, 3.5", SPI Display From MKS // Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V2 // -//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0 +// #define MKS_TS35_V2_0 // // 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS // Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 // -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 +// #define MKS_ROBIN_TFT24 // // 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Display From MKS // Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 // -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 +// #define MKS_ROBIN_TFT28 // // 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS // Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 // -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 +// #define MKS_ROBIN_TFT32 // // 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS // Normally used in MKS Robin Nano V1.2 // -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 +// #define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35 // // 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS // -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 +// #define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43 // // 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS // Normally used in MKS Robin // -//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R +// #define MKS_ROBIN_TFT_V1_1R // // 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from TronxXY // -//#define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA +// #define TFT_TRONXY_X5SA // // 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from AnyCubic // -//#define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 +// #define ANYCUBIC_TFT35 // // 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from Longer/Alfawise // -//#define LONGER_LK_TFT28 +// #define LONGER_LK_TFT28 // // 320x240, 2.8", FSMC Stock Display from ET4 // -//#define ANET_ET4_TFT28 +// #define ANET_ET4_TFT28 // // 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Stock Display from ET5 // -//#define ANET_ET5_TFT35 +// #define ANET_ET5_TFT35 // // 1024x600, 7", RGB Stock Display from BIQU-BX // -//#define BIQU_BX_TFT70 +// #define BIQU_BX_TFT70 // // Generic TFT with detailed options // -//#define TFT_GENERIC +// #define TFT_GENERIC #if ENABLED(TFT_GENERIC) - // :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', 'ILI9488' ] - #define TFT_DRIVER AUTO - - // Interface. Enable one of the following options: - //#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC - //#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI - - // TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: - //#define TFT_RES_320x240 - //#define TFT_RES_480x272 - //#define TFT_RES_480x320 +// :[ 'AUTO', 'ST7735', 'ST7789', 'ST7796', 'R61505', 'ILI9328', 'ILI9341', +// 'ILI9488' ] +#define TFT_DRIVER AUTO + +// Interface. Enable one of the following options: +// #define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC +// #define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI + +// TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options: +// #define TFT_RES_320x240 +// #define TFT_RES_480x272 +// #define TFT_RES_480x320 #endif /** * TFT UI - User Interface Selection. Enable one of the following options: * * TFT_CLASSIC_UI - Emulated DOGM - 128x64 Upscaled - * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT capabilities - * TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL + * TFT_COLOR_UI - Marlin Default Menus, Touch Friendly, using full TFT + * capabilities TFT_LVGL_UI - A Modern UI using LVGL * * For LVGL_UI also copy the 'assets' folder from the build directory to the * root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware. */ -//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI -//#define TFT_COLOR_UI -//#define TFT_LVGL_UI +// #define TFT_CLASSIC_UI +// #define TFT_COLOR_UI +// #define TFT_LVGL_UI #if ENABLED(TFT_LVGL_UI) - //#define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module +// #define MKS_WIFI_MODULE // MKS WiFi module #endif /** @@ -2576,7 +2781,7 @@ * TFT_ROTATE_270, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X, TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y, * TFT_MIRROR_X, TFT_MIRROR_Y, TFT_NO_ROTATION */ -//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION +// #define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION //============================================================================= //============================ Other Controllers ============================ @@ -2585,39 +2790,41 @@ // // Ender-3 v2 OEM display. A DWIN display with Rotary Encoder. // -//#define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD +// #define DWIN_CREALITY_LCD // // Touch Screen Settings // -//#define TOUCH_SCREEN +// #define TOUCH_SCREEN #if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN) - #define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens - #define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus +#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens +#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus - #define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION +#define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION - //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 - //#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 - //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 - //#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 - //#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE +// #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316 +// #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981 +// #define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43 +// #define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257 +// #define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE - #if BOTH(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS) - #define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values to EEPROM - #endif +#if BOTH(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS) +#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_AUTO_SAVE // Auto save successful calibration values + // to EEPROM +#endif - #if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) - //#define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION - #endif +#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI) +// #define SINGLE_TOUCH_NAVIGATION +#endif #endif // // RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1 // https://reprapworld.com/products/electronics/ramps/keypad_v1_0_fully_assembled/ // -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD -//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per key-press +// #define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD +// #define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0 // (mm) Distance to move per +// key-press //============================================================================= //=============================== Extra Features ============================== @@ -2627,15 +2834,16 @@ // Set number of user-controlled fans. Disable to use all board-defined fans. // :[1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8] -//#define NUM_M106_FANS 1 +// #define NUM_M106_FANS 1 -// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino -//#define FAST_PWM_FAN +// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating +// in the FET/Arduino +// #define FAST_PWM_FAN -// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency -// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency -// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. -//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM +// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low +// frequency which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other +// hand, if this frequency is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE. +// #define FAN_SOFT_PWM // Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, // affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled. @@ -2648,24 +2856,24 @@ // be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled, // some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired // duty cycle is attained. -//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER +// #define SOFT_PWM_DITHER // Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature. // If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C // then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis) -//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS +// #define TEMP_STAT_LEDS // Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder -//#define BARICUDA +// #define BARICUDA // Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb -//#define BLINKM +// #define BLINKM // Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9632 +// #define PCA9632 // Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver -//#define PCA9533 +// #define PCA9533 /** * RGB LED / LED Strip Control @@ -2688,43 +2896,50 @@ * * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options. */ -//#define RGB_LED -//#define RGBW_LED +// #define RGB_LED +// #define RGBW_LED #if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 - //#define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 - //#define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 - //#define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 +// #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34 +// #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43 +// #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35 +// #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1 #endif // Support for Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver -//#define NEOPIXEL_LED +// #define NEOPIXEL_LED #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) - //#define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin - //#define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE - //#define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 - #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is disabled.) - #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once. - #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - - // Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... - //#define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE - #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) - #define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip - #define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) - #define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup - #else - //#define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel - #endif - - // Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST 0 // Index of the first background LED - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST 5 // Index of the last background LED - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // R, G, B, W - //#define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the backlight on when other NeoPixels are off +#define NEOPIXEL_TYPE \ + NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in + // Adafruit_NeoPixel.h) +// #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin +// #define NEOPIXEL2_TYPE NEOPIXEL_TYPE +// #define NEOPIXEL2_PIN 5 +#define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS \ + 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip. (Longest strip when NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE is + // disabled.) +#define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - + // LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at + // once. +#define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) +// #define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup + +// Support for second Adafruit NeoPixel LED driver controlled with M150 S1 ... +// #define NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL2_SEPARATE) +#define NEOPIXEL2_PIXELS 15 // Number of LEDs in the second strip +#define NEOPIXEL2_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255) +#define NEOPIXEL2_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup +#else +// #define NEOPIXEL2_INSERIES // Default behavior is NeoPixel 2 in parallel +#endif + +// Use some of the NeoPixel LEDs for static (background) lighting +// #define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_FIRST 0 // Index of the first +// background LED #define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_INDEX_LAST 5 // Index of +// the last background LED #define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 0 } // +// R, G, B, W #define NEOPIXEL_BKGD_ALWAYS_ON // Keep the +// backlight on when other NeoPixels are off #endif /** @@ -2739,7 +2954,7 @@ * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button */ #if ANY(BLINKM, RGB_LED, RGBW_LED, PCA9632, PCA9533, NEOPIXEL_LED) - #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS +#define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS #endif /** @@ -2749,15 +2964,16 @@ * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control. * Set to 0 to turn off servo support. */ -//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command +// #define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command -// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle. -// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. -// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. -#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 } +// (ms) Delay before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach +// its target angle. 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay. If the +// servo can't reach the requested position, increase it. +#define SERVO_DELAY \ + { 300 } // Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter -//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE +// #define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE // Edit servo angles with M281 and save to EEPROM with M500 -//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES +// #define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES diff --git a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index f114839162..124536d985 100644 --- a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ #endif #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 + #define E0_CURRENT 1000 #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 diff --git a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/marlin.py b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/marlin.py index d83ebceee2..d7bcd6faf4 100644 --- a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/marlin.py +++ b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/marlin.py @@ -2,13 +2,15 @@ # buildroot/share/PlatformIO/scripts/marlin.py # Helper module with some commonly-used functions # -import os,shutil +import os +import shutil from SCons.Script import DefaultEnvironment env = DefaultEnvironment() + def copytree(src, dst, symlinks=False, ignore=None): - for item in os.listdir(src): + for item in os.listdir(src): s = os.path.join(src, item) d = os.path.join(dst, item) if os.path.isdir(s): @@ -16,60 +18,78 @@ def copytree(src, dst, symlinks=False, ignore=None): else: shutil.copy2(s, d) + def replace_define(field, value): - for define in env['CPPDEFINES']: - if define[0] == field: - env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define) - env['CPPDEFINES'].append((field, value)) + # Find all defines that match the field to be removed + to_remove = [define for define in env['CPPDEFINES'] if define[0] == field] + + # Remove the matched defines + for define in to_remove: + env['CPPDEFINES'].remove(define) + + # Append the new define + env['CPPDEFINES'].append((field, value)) # Relocate the firmware to a new address, such as "0x08005000" + + def relocate_firmware(address): - replace_define("VECT_TAB_ADDR", address) + replace_define("VECT_TAB_ADDR", address) # Relocate the vector table with a new offset + + def relocate_vtab(address): - replace_define("VECT_TAB_OFFSET", address) + replace_define("VECT_TAB_OFFSET", address) # Replace the existing -Wl,-T with the given ldscript path + + def custom_ld_script(ldname): - apath = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/" + ldname) - for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): - if "-Wl,-T" in flag: - env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + apath - elif flag == "-T": - env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = apath + apath = os.path.abspath("buildroot/share/PlatformIO/ldscripts/" + ldname) + for i, flag in enumerate(env["LINKFLAGS"]): + if "-Wl,-T" in flag: + env["LINKFLAGS"][i] = "-Wl,-T" + apath + elif flag == "-T": + env["LINKFLAGS"][i + 1] = apath # Encrypt ${PROGNAME}.bin and save it with a new name # Called by specific encrypt() functions, mostly for MKS boards + + def encrypt_mks(source, target, env, new_name): - import sys - - key = [0xA3, 0xBD, 0xAD, 0x0D, 0x41, 0x11, 0xBB, 0x8D, 0xDC, 0x80, 0x2D, 0xD0, 0xD2, 0xC4, 0x9B, 0x1E, 0x26, 0xEB, 0xE3, 0x33, 0x4A, 0x15, 0xE4, 0x0A, 0xB3, 0xB1, 0x3C, 0x93, 0xBB, 0xAF, 0xF7, 0x3E] - - firmware = open(target[0].path, "rb") - renamed = open(target[0].dir.path + "/" + new_name, "wb") - length = os.path.getsize(target[0].path) - position = 0 - try: - while position < length: - byte = firmware.read(1) - if position >= 320 and position < 31040: - byte = chr(ord(byte) ^ key[position & 31]) - if sys.version_info[0] > 2: - byte = bytes(byte, 'latin1') - renamed.write(byte) - position += 1 - finally: - firmware.close() - renamed.close() + import sys + + key = [0xA3, 0xBD, 0xAD, 0x0D, 0x41, 0x11, 0xBB, 0x8D, 0xDC, 0x80, 0x2D, 0xD0, 0xD2, 0xC4, 0x9B, 0x1E, + 0x26, 0xEB, 0xE3, 0x33, 0x4A, 0x15, 0xE4, 0x0A, 0xB3, 0xB1, 0x3C, 0x93, 0xBB, 0xAF, 0xF7, 0x3E] + + firmware = open(target[0].path, "rb") + renamed = open(target[0].dir.path + "/" + new_name, "wb") + length = os.path.getsize(target[0].path) + position = 0 + try: + while position < length: + byte = firmware.read(1) + if position >= 320 and position < 31040: + byte = chr(ord(byte) ^ key[position & 31]) + if sys.version_info[0] > 2: + byte = bytes(byte, 'latin1') + renamed.write(byte) + position += 1 + finally: + firmware.close() + renamed.close() + def add_post_action(action): - env.AddPostAction("$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.bin", action); + env.AddPostAction("$BUILD_DIR/${PROGNAME}.bin", action) # Apply customizations for a MKS Robin + + def prepare_robin(address, ldname, fwname): - def encrypt(source, target, env): - encrypt_mks(source, target, env, fwname) - relocate_firmware(address) - custom_ld_script(ldname) - add_post_action(encrypt); + def encrypt(source, target, env): + encrypt_mks(source, target, env, fwname) + relocate_firmware(address) + custom_ld_script(ldname) + add_post_action(encrypt) diff --git a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/platformio.ini b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/platformio.ini index f06888ee1e..266806671b 100644 --- a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/platformio.ini +++ b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/platformio.ini @@ -250,15 +250,15 @@ extra_scripts = ${common.extra_scripts} build_flags = ${common.build_flags} lib_deps = ${common.lib_deps} monitor_speed = 250000 -monitor_flags = - --quiet - --echo - --eol - LF - --filter - colorize - --filter - time +#monitor_flags = +# --quiet +# --echo +# --eol +# LF +# --filter +# colorize +# --filter +# time # # Just print the dependency tree @@ -266,5 +266,5 @@ monitor_flags = [env:include_tree] platform = atmelavr board = megaatmega2560 -build_flags = -c -H -std=gnu++11 -Wall -Os -D__MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ -src_filter = + +build_src_flags = -c -H -std=gnu++11 -Wall -Os -D__MARLIN_FIRMWARE__ +build_src_filter = + From dab824d771cfe21b3c5d181f8a00fb3a51fa625a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: bigfinsmall Date: Thu, 29 Feb 2024 23:25:53 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 2/2] default current level --- .../Marlin/Configuration_adv.h | 5823 +++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 3098 insertions(+), 2725 deletions(-) diff --git a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index 124536d985..eb8ffe4193 100644 --- a/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/firmware/V2.0/Marlin-2.0.8.2.x-SKR-mini-E3-V2.0/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -56,171 +56,196 @@ // Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters // #if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_6 == 1000 - #define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define HOTEND6_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define HOTEND6_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define HOTEND6_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_7 == 1000 - #define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define HOTEND7_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define HOTEND7_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define HOTEND7_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER == 1000 - #define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define COOLER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define COOLER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define COOLER_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE == 1000 - #define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value +#define PROBE_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor +#define PROBE_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C +#define PROBE_BETA 3950 // Beta value #endif // // Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. // https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 // -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT +// #define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT #if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true +#undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED +#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 +#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true #endif // // Heated Bed Bang-Bang options // #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif +#define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL \ + 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control +#if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) +#define BED_HYSTERESIS \ + 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > + // BED_HYSTERESIS +#endif #endif // // Heated Chamber options // #if DISABLED(PIDTEMPCHAMBER) - #define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS - #endif +#define CHAMBER_CHECK_INTERVAL \ + 5000 // (ms) Interval between checks in bang-bang control +#if ENABLED(CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING) +#define CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS \ + 2 // (°C) Only set the relevant heater state when ABS(T-target) > + // CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS +#endif #endif #if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false - //#define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) - - //#define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on. - #if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is above the target - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target - #elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3 - #define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255) - #define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #endif - #endif - - //#define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the chamber - #if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) - #define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo - #define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the chamber - #define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 - #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 - #define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 - #endif +// #define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN P2_04 // Required heater on/off pin +// (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) #define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false +// #define FAN1_PIN -1 // Remove the fan signal on pin P2_04 +// (example: SKR 1.4 Turbo HE1 plug) + +// #define CHAMBER_FAN // Enable a fan on the chamber +#if ENABLED(CHAMBER_FAN) +#define CHAMBER_FAN_MODE \ + 2 // Fan control mode: 0=Static; 1=Linear increase when temp is higher than + // target; 2=V-shaped curve; 3=similar to 1 but fan is always on. +#if CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 0 +#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 255 // Chamber fan PWM (0-255) +#elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 1 +#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE \ + 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255); turns on when chamber temperature is + // above the target +#define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target +#elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 2 +#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Minimum chamber fan PWM (0-255) +#define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C difference from target +#elif CHAMBER_FAN_MODE == 3 +#define CHAMBER_FAN_BASE 128 // Base chamber fan PWM (0-255) +#define CHAMBER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target +#endif +#endif + +// #define CHAMBER_VENT // Enable a servo-controlled vent on the +// chamber +#if ENABLED(CHAMBER_VENT) +#define CHAMBER_VENT_SERVO_NR 1 // Index of the vent servo +#define HIGH_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT \ + 5 // How much above target temp to consider there is excess heat in the + // chamber +#define LOW_EXCESS_HEAT_LIMIT 3 +#define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_TIME_CHAMBER_VENT 20 +#define MIN_COOLING_SLOPE_DEG_CHAMBER_VENT 1.5 +#endif #endif // // Laser Cooler options // #if TEMP_SENSOR_COOLER - #define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) - #define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C) - #define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C) - #define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - #define COOLER_PIN 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element e.g. TEC, External chiller via relay - #define COOLER_INVERTING false - #define TEMP_COOLER_PIN 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required. - #define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc. - #define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g. - #if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN) - #define COOLER_FAN_BASE 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above the target - #define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target - #endif +#define COOLER_MINTEMP 8 // (°C) +#define COOLER_MAXTEMP 26 // (°C) +#define COOLER_DEFAULT_TEMP 16 // (°C) +#define TEMP_COOLER_HYSTERESIS \ + 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target +#define COOLER_PIN \ + 8 // Laser cooler on/off pin used to control power to the cooling element e.g. + // TEC, External chiller via relay +#define COOLER_INVERTING false +#define TEMP_COOLER_PIN \ + 15 // Laser/Cooler temperature sensor pin. ADC is required. +#define COOLER_FAN // Enable a fan on the cooler, Fan# 0,1,2,3 etc. +#define COOLER_FAN_INDEX 0 // FAN number 0, 1, 2 etc. e.g. +#if ENABLED(COOLER_FAN) +#define COOLER_FAN_BASE \ + 100 // Base Cooler fan PWM (0-255); turns on when Cooler temperature is above + // the target +#define COOLER_FAN_FACTOR 25 // PWM increase per °C above target +#endif #endif // // Laser Coolant Flow Meter // -//#define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER +// #define LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER #if ENABLED(LASER_COOLANT_FLOW_METER) - #define FLOWMETER_PIN 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21) - #define FLOWMETER_PPL 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin - #define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds - #define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow rate set below - #if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY) - #define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled - #endif +#define FLOWMETER_PIN \ + 20 // Requires an external interrupt-enabled pin (e.g., RAMPS 2,3,18,19,20,21) +#define FLOWMETER_PPL \ + 5880 // (pulses/liter) Flow meter pulses-per-liter on the input pin +#define FLOWMETER_INTERVAL \ + 1000 // (ms) Flow rate calculation interval in milliseconds +#define FLOWMETER_SAFETY // Prevent running the laser without the minimum flow + // rate set below +#if ENABLED(FLOWMETER_SAFETY) +#define FLOWMETER_MIN_LITERS_PER_MINUTE \ + 1.5 // (liters/min) Minimum flow required when enabled +#endif #endif /** @@ -240,130 +265,147 @@ * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius + +// #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if +// temperature drops +#if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) +// #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 +#endif + +/** + * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the + * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature + * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and + * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only + * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable + * test. + * + * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD + * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set + * below 2. + */ +#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds +#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif /** * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +/** + * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). + */ +#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds +#define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif /** * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius +/** + * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). + */ +#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds +#define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius #endif /** * Thermal Protection parameters for the laser cooler. */ #if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_PERIOD 10 // Seconds +#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_COOLER_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - /** - * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193). - */ - #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // Degrees Celsius +/** + * Laser cooling watch settings (M143/M193). + */ +#define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds +#define WATCH_COOLER_TEMP_INCREASE 3 // Degrees Celsius #endif #if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif +// Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the +// extrusion speed. A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt +// the increased material volume. +// #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING +#if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) +#define DEFAULT_Kc (100) // heating power = Kc * e_speed +#define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 +#endif + +/** + * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the + * fan speed. A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate + * for power-loss from the cooling fan. You can either just add a constant + * compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value or follow the instruction below to get + * speed-dependent compensation. + * + * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) + * --------------------------------------------------------------------- + * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: + * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 + * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to + * the nozzle / heater. + * + * Example: + * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 + * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 + * + * Fan-speed dependent compensation + * -------------------------------- + * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to + * settle, and enable the fan (100%). Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 + * and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. If you see the + * temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the + * temperature drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the + * fan, the Kf value is too big. + * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% + * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the + * speed, where the fan starts moving. + * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. + * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified + * Kf-values in PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. + * Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED + */ +// #define PID_FAN_SCALING +#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) +// #define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION +#if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) +// The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. +// Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. +// DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. + +#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED \ + 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf +#define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED \ + 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf +#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED \ + 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING + +#define DEFAULT_Kf \ + (255.0 * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED - \ + PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED * PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) / \ + (255.0 - PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) +#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR \ + (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED - DEFAULT_Kf) / 255.0 + +#else +#define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR \ + (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) +#define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner +#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED \ + 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING +#endif +#endif #endif /** @@ -377,35 +419,36 @@ * Autotemp is calculated by (mintemp + factor * mm_per_sec), capped to maxtemp. * * Enable Autotemp Mode with M104/M109 F S B. - * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). + * Disable by sending M104/M109 with no F parameter (or F0 with + * AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL). */ #define AUTOTEMP #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 - // Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here - //#define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL - #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) - #define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature - #define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature - #define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) - #endif +#define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 +// Turn on AUTOTEMP on M104/M109 by default using proportions set here +// #define AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL +#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP_PROPORTIONAL) +#define AUTOTEMP_MIN_P 0 // (°C) Added to the target temperature +#define AUTOTEMP_MAX_P 5 // (°C) Added to the target temperature +#define AUTOTEMP_FACTOR_P \ + 1 // Apply this F parameter by default (overridden by M104/M109 F) +#endif #endif // Show Temperature ADC value // Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES +// #define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES /** * High Temperature Thermistor Support * * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. + * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means + * TEMP_SENSOR_X_RAW_LO_TEMP will probably be caught when the heating element + * first turns on during the preheating process, which will trigger a + * min_temp_error as a safety measure and force stop everything. To circumvent + * this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, min_temp_error + * won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle aberrant readings. * * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below @@ -413,48 +456,52 @@ // The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur // before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 +// #define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 // The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check // the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the // hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach // the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. // This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 +// #define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 // @section extruder // Extruder runout prevention. // If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP // then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT +// #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT #if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) +#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 +#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 +#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/min) +#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) #endif /** * Hotend Idle Timeout * Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam. */ -//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT +// #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT #if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT) - #define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection - #define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection - #define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout - #define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout +#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC \ + (5 * 60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection +#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER \ + 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection +#define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET \ + 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout +#define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET \ + 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout #endif // @section temperature // Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. // The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 #define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 +#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 /** * Controller Fan @@ -465,26 +512,32 @@ */ #define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN #if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis is considered - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings - #if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu - #endif +// #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller +// fan #define CONTROLLER_FAN_USE_Z_ONLY // With this option only the Z axis +// is considered #define CONTROLLER_FAN_IGNORE_Z // Ignore Z stepper. +// Useful when stepper timeout is disabled. +#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_MIN \ + 0 // (0-255) Minimum speed. (If set below this value the fan is turned off.) +#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_ACTIVE \ + 255 // (0-255) Active speed, used when any motor is enabled +#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_IDLE \ + 0 // (0-255) Idle speed, used when motors are disabled +#define CONTROLLERFAN_IDLE_TIME \ + 60 // (seconds) Extra time to keep the fan running after disabling motors +#define CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE // Enable M710 configurable settings +#if ENABLED(CONTROLLER_FAN_EDITABLE) +#define CONTROLLER_FAN_MENU // Enable the Controller Fan submenu +#endif #endif // When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the // given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 +// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on +// Sanguinololu) +// #define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 +// #define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 /** * PWM Fan Scaling @@ -498,34 +551,39 @@ * * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 +// #define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 +// #define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 /** * FAST PWM FAN Settings * * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. + * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used + * internally to produce a frequency as close as possible to the desired + * frequency. * * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] * Set this to your desired frequency. * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz microcontrollers. - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. + * i.e., F = 31.4kHz on 16MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2kHz on 20MHz + * microcontrollers. These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN + * implementation - no migration is required NOTE: Setting very low frequencies + * (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. * * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. + * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few + * possible frequencies on TIMER2: 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz + * (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] + * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, + * 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] A greater range can be achieved by enabling + * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of PWM on pin + * OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your + * schematic.) USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to + * achieve this broader range of frequencies. */ #if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP +// #define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 +// #define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP #endif // @section extruder @@ -555,7 +613,7 @@ #define COOLER_FAN_PIN -1 #define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed +#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 #define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 #define COOLER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 18 @@ -575,158 +633,180 @@ /** * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE +// #define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - #if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light - #endif - #if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light - #endif - #if EITHER(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED) - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif +// #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if +// needed +#define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW +#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on +#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS \ + 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) +// #define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. +// Enable for non-PWM lighting. #define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // +// Limit PWM duty cycle (0-255) #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add +// Case Light options to the LCD menu +#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED) +// #define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use NeoPixel LED as case light +#endif +#if EITHER(RGB_LED, RGBW_LED) +// #define CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED // Use RGB / RGBW LED as case light +#endif +#if EITHER(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL, CASE_LIGHT_USE_RGB_LED) +#define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_COLOR \ + { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } +#endif #endif // @section homing // If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing // enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT +// #define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT // @section extras -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. +// #define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver +// overheats. // Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER +// #define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER #if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 +// #define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 +// #define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 #endif /** * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. + * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor + * for X, Y, or Z axes. * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. + * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the + * motors need to spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the + * second motor needs its own endstop set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for + * "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug that should be used for + * the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. + * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After + * homing both motors this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset + * home the X axis, and measure the error in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set + * at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. */ -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +// #define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to X - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif +// #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // Enable if X2 direction signal is opposite to +// X #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) +#define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ +#define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 +#endif #endif -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS +// #define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to Y - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif +// #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Enable if Y2 direction signal is opposite to +// Y #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) +#define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ +#define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 +#endif #endif // // For Z set the number of stepper drivers // -#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many +#define NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS 1 // (1-4) Z options change based on how many #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS > 1 - // Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 - //#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR - //#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR - //#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR - - //#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif - #if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 - #define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ - #define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif - #endif +// Enable if Z motor direction signals are the opposite of Z1 +// #define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR +// #define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR +// #define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR + +// #define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS +#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS) +#define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ +#define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 3 +#define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ +#define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 +#endif +#if NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS >= 4 +#define Z4_USE_ENDSTOP _ZMAX_ +#define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 +#endif +#endif #endif /** * Dual X Carriage * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. + * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own + * hotend. The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or + * materials, or in "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored + * objects simultaneously. The inactive carriage is parked automatically to + * prevent oozing. X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at + * opposite ends of the X axis. By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the + * first unused E plug on the board. * * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) + * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and + * can achieve optimal travel results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. + * (M605 S0) * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) + * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the + * X-carriages on tool-change so that additional slicer support is not required. + * (M605 S1) * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. + * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in + * synchronization with the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of + * the same object at the same time. Set the constant X-offset and temperature + * differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and follow with M605 S2 to initiate + * duplicated movement. * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. + * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second + * extruder duplicates the movement of the first except the second extruder is + * reversed in the X axis. Set the initial X offset and temperature differential + * with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored + * movement. */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE +// #define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE #if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - - // Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X to apply new mode. - //#define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" +#define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS +#define X1_MAX_POS \ + X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked + // second X-carriage +#define X2_MIN_POS \ + 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked + // first X-carriage +#define X2_MAX_POS \ + 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed +#define X2_HOME_DIR \ + 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop + // position +#define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. +// However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder +// provides a software override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration +// of the distance between the two endstops without modifying the firmware +// (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). Remember: you should set the second +// extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. + +// This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. +#define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE + +// Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) +#define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 + +// Default action to execute following M605 mode change commands. Typically G28X +// to apply new mode. +// #define EVENT_GCODE_IDEX_AFTER_MODECHANGE "G28X" #endif // Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. // Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID +// #define EXT_SOLENOID // @section homing @@ -736,84 +816,94 @@ * the position of the toolhead relative to the workspace. */ -//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing +// #define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops +// before sensorless homing -#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) +#define HOMING_BUMP_MM \ + { 5, 5, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after first bump +#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR \ + { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops after homing +// #define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Backoff from endstops +// after homing -#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X -//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first +#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first +// #define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y +// before X #define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. +// Requires a Z-MIN endstop (not a probe). #define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If +// X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first // @section bltouch #if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then check the - * wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians - * might be able to use it. If the machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU +/** + * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the + * following DEFINES Do not activate settings that the probe might not + * understand. Clones might misunderstand advanced commands. + * + * Note: If the probe is not deploying, do a "Reset" and "Self-Test" and then + * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. + * + * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has + * been very often because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They + * are not "interchangeable" like they would be with a real switch. So please + * check the wiring first. + * + * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: + */ + +// Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. +// Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. +// #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 + +/** + * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch + * Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: + */ + +// Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse +// longer. Can be useful +// in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. +// #define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE + +/** + * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 + * Summary: + * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes + * - High-Speed mode + * - Disable LCD voltage options + */ + +/** + * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! + * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. + * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 + * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this value. If the selected + * mode differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. + * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. + */ +// #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE + +/** + * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. + * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V + * mode on 3.0 V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at + * Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) To preserve the life of the probe, + * use this once then turn it off and re-flash. + */ +// #define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET + +/** + * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. + * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable + * well-adjusted systems. This feature was designed for Deltabots with very fast + * Z moves; however, higher speed Cartesians might be able to use it. If the + * machine can't raise Z fast enough the BLTouch may go into ALARM. + */ +// #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE + +// Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. +// #define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU #endif // BLTOUCH @@ -823,100 +913,116 @@ * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN +// #define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] - // If not defined, probe limits will be used. - // Override with 'M422 S X Y' - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } - - /** - * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. - * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y' - * - * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) - * | | 2 | - * | 1 2 | | - * | | 1 | - * - * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) - * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | - * | | 3 | | 3 | - * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | - * - * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) - * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | - * | | | | | - * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | - */ - #ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY - //#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 - #endif - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case - // the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! - #endif - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? - // After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe heights? - // Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' homing height, especially on an uneven bed. - #define HOME_AFTER_G34 +// Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]] +// If not defined, probe limits will be used. +// Override with 'M422 S X Y' +// #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } } + +/** + * Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions. + * Override Z stepper align points with 'M422 S X Y' + * + * 2 Steppers: (0) (1) + * | | 2 | + * | 1 2 | | + * | | 1 | + * + * 3 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 3 | 1 | 2 1 | 2 | + * | | 3 | | 3 | + * | 1 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | + * + * 4 Steppers: (0) (1) (2) (3) + * | 4 3 | 1 4 | 2 1 | 3 2 | + * | | | | | + * | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 | + */ +#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY +// #define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0 +#endif + +// Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. +// Requires triple stepper drivers (i.e., set NUM_Z_STEPPER_DRIVERS to 3) +// #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS +#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) +// Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to +// the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. +// Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. +#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY \ + { \ + {210.7, 102.5}, {152.6, 220.0}, { 94.5, 102.5 } \ + } +#else +// Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down in case +// the stepper (spindle) position is farther out than the test point. +#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP \ + 1.0 // Use a value > 1.0 NOTE: This may cause instability! +#endif + +// On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm +#define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline that G34 will handle +#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS \ + 5 // Number of iterations to apply during alignment +#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC \ + 0.02 // Stop iterating early if the accuracy is better than this +#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 // Restore leveling after G34 is done? +// After G34, re-home Z (G28 Z) or just calculate it from the last probe +// heights? Re-homing might be more precise in reproducing the actual 'G28 Z' +// homing height, especially on an uneven bed. +#define HOME_AFTER_G34 #endif // -// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe. +// Add the G35 command to read bed corners to help adjust screws. Requires a bed +// probe. // -//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING +// #define ASSISTED_TRAMMING #if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING) - // Define positions for probe points. - #define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } } +// Define positions for probe points. +#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY \ + { \ + {20, 20}, {180, 20}, {180, 180}, { 20, 180 } \ + } - // Define position names for probe points. - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" - #define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" +// Define position names for probe points. +#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left" +#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_2 "Front-Right" +#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_3 "Back-Right" +#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left" - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - //#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first +#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after + // operation +// #define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point +// relative to the first - //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu +// #define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu - //#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment +// #define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move +// the nozzle out of the way for adjustment - /** - * Screw thread: - * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise - * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise - * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise - */ - #define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 +/** + * Screw thread: + * M3: 30 = Clockwise, 31 = Counter-Clockwise + * M4: 40 = Clockwise, 41 = Counter-Clockwise + * M5: 50 = Clockwise, 51 = Counter-Clockwise + */ +#define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD 30 #endif // @section motion -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } +#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES \ + { false, false, false, false } // Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION +// #define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. +// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some +// high power drivers require an active low signal as step. #define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false #define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false #define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false @@ -924,27 +1030,30 @@ /** * Idle Stepper Shutdown - * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle period. - * The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No Timeout. + * Set DISABLE_INACTIVE_? 'true' to shut down axis steppers after an idle + * period. The Deactive Time can be overridden with M18 and M84. Set to 0 for No + * Timeout. */ #define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! +#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z \ + true // Set 'false' if the nozzle could fall onto your printed part! #define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true // Default Minimum Feedrates for printing and travel moves -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. +#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum feedrate. Set with M205 S. +#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE \ + 0.0 // (mm/s) Minimum travel feedrate. Set with M205 T. // Minimum time that a segment needs to take as the buffer gets emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. +#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (µs) Set with M205 B. // Slow down the machine if the lookahead buffer is (by default) half full. // Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes. #define SLOWDOWN #if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN) - #define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 +#define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2 #endif /** @@ -953,50 +1062,55 @@ * See https://hydraraptor.blogspot.com/2010/12/frequency-limit.html * Use M201 F G to change limits at runtime. */ -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag infill moves. Set with M201 F. +// #define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 10 // (Hz) Maximum frequency of small zigzag +// infill moves. Set with M201 F. #ifdef XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT - #define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G. +#define XY_FREQUENCY_MIN_PERCENT \ + 5 // (percent) Minimum FR percentage to apply. Set with M201 G. #endif -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. +// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner +// plans for at the end of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much +// greater than zero and should only be changed if unwanted behavior is observed +// on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. #define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) // // Backlash Compensation // Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. // -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION +// #define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics - //#define CORE_BACKLASH - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min) - #endif - #endif +// Define values for backlash distance and correction. +// If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. +#define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM \ + { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) +#define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction + +// Add steps for motor direction changes on CORE kinematics +// #define CORE_BACKLASH + +// Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple +// segments to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and +// computation!) +// #define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) + +// Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) +// #define BACKLASH_GCODE + +#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) +// Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" +#define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING + +#if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) +// When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT +// mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION +// increments while checking for the contact to be broken. +#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) +#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) +#define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW // (mm/min) +#endif +#endif #endif /** @@ -1012,70 +1126,76 @@ * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE +// #define CALIBRATION_GCODE #if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." - //#define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define the pin to read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default pin - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif +// #define CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_PRE "M117 Starting +// Auto-Calibration\nT0\nG28\nG12\nM117 Calibrating..." #define +// CALIBRATION_SCRIPT_POST "M500\nM117 Calibration data saved" + +#define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm + +#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/min +#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/min +#define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/min + +// The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. +#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm +#define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm + +// Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). +// #define CALIBRATION_REPORTING + +// The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. +#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER \ + { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm +#define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS \ + { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm + +// Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best +// auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. +#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT +#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT +#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT +#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK + +// Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If +// probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. +// #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES + +// Define the pin to read during calibration +#ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN +// #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Define here to override the default +// pin +#define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the custom pin +// #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN +#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP +#endif #endif /** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. + * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, + * particularly at step frequencies below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), + * where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible vibration and + * surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step + * smoothing at the lowest stepping frequencies. */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING +// #define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING /** * Custom Microstepping * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH +// #define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW +// #define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW +// #define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW +// #define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW +// #define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH +// #define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH // Microstep settings (Requires a board with pins named X_MS1, X_MS2, etc.) -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] +#define MICROSTEP_MODES \ + { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] /** * @section stepper motor current @@ -1089,44 +1209,51 @@ * known compatible chips: AD5206 * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 + * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE known compatible chips: MCP4451, + * MCP4018 * * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. * M907 - applies to all. * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis +// #define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in +// milliamps #define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values +// 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) #define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, +// 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis /** * I2C-based DIGIPOTs (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) */ -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 +// #define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires +// https://github.com/felias-fogg/SlowSoftI2CMaster #define DIGIPOT_MCP4451 #if EITHER(DIGIPOT_MCP4018, DIGIPOT_MCP4451) - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS \ + 8 // 5DPRINT:4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO:8 MKS_SBASE:5 MIGHTYBOARD_REVE:5 - // Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. - // These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO +// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match +// DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. These correspond to the physical drivers, so be +// mindful if the order is changed. +#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS \ + { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - //#define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper values (instead of A4988 motor currents) +// #define DIGIPOT_USE_RAW_VALUES // Use DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT raw wiper +// values (instead of A4988 motor currents) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT +/** + * Common slave addresses: + * + * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC + * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 + * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 + * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 + */ +// #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // Unshifted slave address for first +// DIGIPOT #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // Unshifted slave address for +// second DIGIPOT #endif //=========================================================================== @@ -1136,363 +1263,415 @@ // @section lcd #if EITHER(IS_ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines - #if IS_ULTIPANEL - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif +#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE \ + { \ + 50 * 60, 50 * 60, 4 * 60, 2 * 60 \ + } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel +#define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE \ + 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines +#if IS_ULTIPANEL +#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than + // "position" +#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the + // Status Screen +#endif #endif // Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster #define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER #if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed +#define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed +#define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed #endif // Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE +// #define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE #if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 +#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 +#define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 #endif #if HAS_LCD_MENU - // Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD - #if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) - // - // Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. - // Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. - // For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. - // - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 - - // Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance) - //#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } - #endif - #endif - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - // Add a mute option to the LCD menu - //#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - //#define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup for the second strip - #endif - #endif - - // Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access - //#define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM +// Add Probe Z Offset calibration to the Z Probe Offsets menu +#if HAS_BED_PROBE +// #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD +#if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD) +// +// Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard. +// Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset. +// For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4. +// +// #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0 + +// Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and +// nozzle/bed-distance) +// #define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER } +#endif +#endif + +// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu +#define LCD_INFO_MENU +#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) +// #define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of +// Printer Info pages +#endif + +// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top +// #define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM + +// Add a mute option to the LCD menu +// #define SOUND_MENU_ITEM + +/** + * LED Control Menu + * Add LED Control to the LCD menu + */ +// #define LED_CONTROL_MENU +#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) +#define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option +// #define NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable a second NeoPixel Preset +// Color menu option +#if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) +#define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value +#define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value +#define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value +#define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value +#define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity +// #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user +// preset color on startup +#endif +#if ENABLED(NEO2_COLOR_PRESETS) +#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value +#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value +#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value +#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value +#define NEO2_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity +// #define NEO2_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user +// preset color on startup for the second strip +#endif +#endif + +// Insert a menu for preheating at the top level to allow for quick access +// #define PREHEAT_SHORTCUT_MENU_ITEM #endif // HAS_LCD_MENU #if HAS_DISPLAY - // The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus - //#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - - #if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) - #define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash) - #endif - #endif +// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus +// #define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 + +#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN) +#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT \ + 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s) +#if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI) +#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen + // (saving lots of flash) +#endif +#endif - // Scroll a longer status message into view - #define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING +// Scroll a longer status message into view +#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - // On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible - //#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY +// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible +// #define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - // Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage - #define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY +// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage +#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - // Show the E position (filament used) during printing - //#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL +// Show the E position (filament used) during printing +// #define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL #endif -#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif +#if EITHER(SDSUPPORT, LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY) && \ + ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL, \ + EXTENSIBLE_UI) +// #define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion +#if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) +// #define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command +// instead of estimation #define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, +// (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time +#endif - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - #endif +#if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, EXTENSIBLE_UI) +// #define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits +#endif - #if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif - #endif +#if EITHER(HAS_MARLINUI_HD44780, IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL) +// #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs +// for SD printing +#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) +#define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar +#define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME \ + 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message +#define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE \ + 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) +// #define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear +// it #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress +// bar +#endif +#endif #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - /** - * SD Card SPI Speed - * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. - * - * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED - * otherwise full speed will be applied. - * - * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] - */ - //#define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED - - // The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when empty. - // Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly detected. - //#define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH - - //#define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when starting up - //#define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to save over 2K of flash) - - //#define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat markers and do looping - - #define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support completely to save some Flash, SRAM - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media is inserted - - //#define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed on the top of the main menu - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - #if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) - #define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME (30*60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring normal illumination - #endif - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - #define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for your sensor - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - - // Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this should be disabled! - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME) - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while avoiding objects on the bed - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the - // LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. - //#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS2_USB - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - - /** - * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) - */ - //#define USE_OTG_USB_HOST - - #if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - #endif - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - #define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD - - // Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) - //#define NO_SD_DETECT - - // Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL. - //#define MULTI_VOLUME - #if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME) - #define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD - #define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE - #define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD - #define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE - #endif +/** + * SD Card SPI Speed + * May be required to resolve "volume init" errors. + * + * Enable and set to SPI_HALF_SPEED, SPI_QUARTER_SPEED, or SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED + * otherwise full speed will be applied. + * + * :['SPI_HALF_SPEED', 'SPI_QUARTER_SPEED', 'SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED'] + */ +// #define SD_SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED + +// The standard SD detect circuit reads LOW when media is inserted and HIGH when +// empty. Enable this option and set to HIGH if your SD cards are incorrectly +// detected. +// #define SD_DETECT_STATE HIGH + +// #define SD_IGNORE_AT_STARTUP // Don't mount the SD card when +// starting up #define SDCARD_READONLY // Read-only SD card (to +// save over 2K of flash) + +// #define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS // Enable G-code M808 to set repeat +// markers and do looping + +#define SD_PROCEDURE_DEPTH 1 // Increase if you need more nested M32 calls + +#define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE \ + true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished +#define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND \ + "M84" // Use "M84XYE" to keep Z enabled so your bed stays in place + +// Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's +// FAT. Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is +// recommended. +#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST + +#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing + +// #define NO_SD_AUTOSTART // Remove auto#.g file support +// completely to save some Flash, SRAM #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu +// option to run auto#.g files + +// #define BROWSE_MEDIA_ON_INSERT // Open the file browser when media +// is inserted + +// #define MEDIA_MENU_AT_TOP // Force the media menu to be listed +// on the top of the main menu + +#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_ABORT \ + "G28XY" // G-code to run on SD Abort Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") + +#if ENABLED(PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS) +#define PE_LEDS_COMPLETED_TIME \ + (30 * 60) // (seconds) Time to keep the LED "done" color before restoring + // normal illumination +#endif + +/** + * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) + * + * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer + * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present + * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known + * point in the file. + */ +// #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY +#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) +#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT \ + false // Power Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500) +// #define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers +// on power loss #define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on +// resume (on power loss with UPS) #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to +// detect power loss. Set to -1 to disable default pin on boards without module. +// #define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss +// #define POWER_LOSS_PULLUP // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate for +// your sensor #define POWER_LOSS_PULLDOWN #define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // +// (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume #define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 +// // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. + +// Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD +// card, especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be +// continued. +#define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE \ + 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data + +// Enable if Z homing is needed for proper recovery. 99.9% of the time this +// should be disabled! +// #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME +#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVER_ZHOME) +// #define POWER_LOSS_ZHOME_POS { 0, 0 } // Safe XY position to home Z while +// avoiding objects on the bed +#endif +#endif + +/** + * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. + * + * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted + * by name for easier navigation. + * + * By default... + * + * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. + * - Folders are sorted to the top. + * - The sort key is statically allocated. + * - No added G-code (M34) support. + * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) + * + * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the + * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM + * limit is exceeded. + * + * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. + * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. + * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. + * (Expensive!) + * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with + * caution!) + */ +#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA + +// SD Card Sorting options +#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) +#define SDSORT_LIMIT \ + 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. +#define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below +#define SDSORT_GCODE \ + false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 G-code. +#define SDSORT_USES_RAM \ + true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. +#define SDSORT_USES_STACK \ + false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by + // next 2 options.) +#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES \ + true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive + // option. +#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM \ + false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set + // SDSORT_LIMIT before use! +#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS \ + 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. + // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not + // SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. +#endif + +// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the +// LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language. +// #define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT + +// This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 +#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT + +// Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu +#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES + +// Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) +// #define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN + +/** + * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. + * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. + * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. + */ +// #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT + +/** + * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. + * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. + * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. + */ +// #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE + +/** + * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S + */ +// #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS + +/** + * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or + * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear + * to Marlin as an SD card. + * + * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with + * the following pin mapping: + * + * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO + * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] + * SS --> SDSS + * + * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. + */ +// #define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT +#if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) +/** + * USB Host Shield Library + * + * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested + * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. + * + * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it + * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. + * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. + */ +// #define USE_UHS2_USB +// #define USE_UHS3_USB + +/** + * Native USB Host supported by some boards (USB OTG) + */ +// #define USE_OTG_USB_HOST + +#if DISABLED(USE_OTG_USB_HOST) +#define USB_CS_PIN SDSS +#define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN +#endif +#endif + +/** + * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, + * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. + * + * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) + * + * Tested with this bootloader: + * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 + */ +// #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE +#if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) +#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF +#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 +#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF +#endif + +// Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' +// #define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER + +/** + * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): + * + * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. + * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. + * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins + * file). + * + * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] + */ +#define SDCARD_CONNECTION ONBOARD + +// Enable if SD detect is rendered useless (e.g., by using an SD extender) +// #define NO_SD_DETECT + +// Multiple volume support - EXPERIMENTAL. +// #define MULTI_VOLUME +#if ENABLED(MULTI_VOLUME) +#define VOLUME_SD_ONBOARD +#define VOLUME_USB_FLASH_DRIVE +#define DEFAULT_VOLUME SV_SD_ONBOARD +#define DEFAULT_SHARED_VOLUME SV_USB_FLASH_DRIVE +#endif #endif // SDSUPPORT @@ -1500,7 +1679,7 @@ * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). +// #define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). /** * Additional options for Graphical Displays @@ -1515,75 +1694,80 @@ * printing performance versus fast display updates. */ #if HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_NO_FRAME - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle / laser active - //#define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate laser cooling - //#define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple bitmaps to indicate coolant flow - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu +// Show SD percentage next to the progress bar +// #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT + +// Save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame or no frame on the Info Screen +// #define XYZ_NO_FRAME +#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME + +// Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens +#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME + +// A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. +// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. +// #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT + +// A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2434 bytes of PROGMEM. +// Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. +// #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT + +// Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay +// #define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE + +/** + * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using + * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. + * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. + * + * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status + * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the + * length of time to display the status message before clearing. + * + * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. + * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. + */ +#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) +// Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. +// The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable +// display. +// #define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 + +// #define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI +#if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) +#define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 +#endif +#endif + +/** + * Status (Info) Screen customizations + * These options may affect code size and screen render time. + * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. + */ +// #define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of +// separate ones #define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons +// instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) +#define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating + // (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) +#define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating +#define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating +#define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating +// #define STATUS_CUTTER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate spindle +// / laser active #define STATUS_COOLER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to +// indicate laser cooling #define STATUS_FLOWMETER_ANIM // Use multiple +// bitmaps to indicate coolant flow #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the +// alternative bed bitmap #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the +// alternative fan bitmap #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] +// Number of fan animation frames #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show +// heating in a progress bar #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated +// Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. + +// Frivolous Game Options +// #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT +// #define MARLIN_INVADERS +// #define MARLIN_SNAKE +// #define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" +// sub-menu #endif // HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB @@ -1591,182 +1775,191 @@ // Additional options for DGUS / DWIN displays // #if HAS_DGUS_LCD - #define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 - #define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 - - #define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - #define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 - //#define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation (Currently only for AVR) - - #define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates - - #if ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) - #define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing - #define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup - - #if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS) - //#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS - #else - #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY - #endif - - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD - #if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 - #define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS - #endif - - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens - #if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 - #define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping - #endif - #endif +#define LCD_SERIAL_PORT 3 +#define LCD_BAUDRATE 115200 + +#define DGUS_RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 +#define DGUS_TX_BUFFER_SIZE 48 +// #define SERIAL_STATS_RX_BUFFER_OVERRUNS // Fix Rx overrun situation +// (Currently only for AVR) + +#define DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS \ + 500 // (ms) Interval between automatic screen updates + +#if ANY(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS, DGUS_LCD_UI_HIPRECY) +#define DGUS_PRINT_FILENAME // Display the filename during printing +#define DGUS_PREHEAT_UI // Display a preheat screen during heatup + +#if EITHER(DGUS_LCD_UI_FYSETC, DGUS_LCD_UI_MKS) +// #define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Disabled by default for FYSETC and MKS +#else +#define DGUS_UI_MOVE_DIS_OPTION // Enabled by default for UI_HIPRECY +#endif + +#define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD +#if ENABLED(DGUS_FILAMENT_LOADUNLOAD) +#define DGUS_FILAMENT_PURGE_LENGTH 10 +#define DGUS_FILAMENT_LOAD_LENGTH_PER_TIME \ + 0.5 // (mm) Adjust in proportion to DGUS_UPDATE_INTERVAL_MS +#endif + +#define DGUS_UI_WAITING // Show a "waiting" screen between some screens +#if ENABLED(DGUS_UI_WAITING) +#define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS 10 +#define DGUS_UI_WAITING_STATUS_PERIOD \ + 8 // Increase to slower waiting status looping +#endif +#endif #endif // HAS_DGUS_LCD // // Additional options for AnyCubic Chiron TFT displays // #if ENABLED(ANYCUBIC_LCD_CHIRON) - // By default the type of panel is automatically detected. - // Enable one of these options if you know the panel type. - //#define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD - //#define CHIRON_TFT_NEW - - // Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune - //#define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE - - /** - * Display Folders - * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in subfolders) in a flat list. - * Enable this option to display a hierarchical file browser. - * - * NOTES: - * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are sorted before/after folders. - * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' appended to their names. - * This hack is currently required to force the panel to show folders. - */ - #define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW +// By default the type of panel is automatically detected. +// Enable one of these options if you know the panel type. +// #define CHIRON_TFT_STANDARD +// #define CHIRON_TFT_NEW + +// Enable the longer Anycubic powerup startup tune +// #define AC_DEFAULT_STARTUP_TUNE + +/** + * Display Folders + * By default the file browser lists all G-code files (including those in + * subfolders) in a flat list. Enable this option to display a hierarchical file + * browser. + * + * NOTES: + * - Without this option it helps to enable SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA so files are + * sorted before/after folders. + * - When used with the "new" panel, folder names will also have '.gcode' + * appended to their names. This hack is currently required to force the panel + * to show folders. + */ +#define AC_SD_FOLDER_VIEW #endif // // Specify additional languages for the UI. Default specified by LCD_LANGUAGE. // #if ANY(DOGLCD, TFT_COLOR_UI, TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - #ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on change - #endif +// #define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr +// #define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de +// #define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es +// #define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it +#ifdef LCD_LANGUAGE_2 +// #define LCD_LANGUAGE_AUTO_SAVE // Automatically save language to EEPROM on +// change +#endif #endif // // Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) // #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - //#define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815 - //#define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813 - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping - //#define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping - - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - - // Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU +// Display board used +// #define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) +// #define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) +// #define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) +// #define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) +// #define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI +// #define LCD_FYSETC_TFT81050 // FYSETC with 5" (800x480) +// #define LCD_EVE3_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, BT815 +// #define LCD_EVE2_50G // Matrix Orbital 5.0", 800x480, FT813 + +// Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. +// #define TOUCH_UI_320x240 +// #define TOUCH_UI_480x272 +// #define TOUCH_UI_800x480 + +// Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector +// #define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping +// #define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping +// #define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping +// #define S6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC S6 pin mapping +// #define F6_TFT_PINMAP // FYSETC F6 pin mapping + +// #define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below +#if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) +// Pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen +#define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 +#define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 + +// If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO +// #define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI +#if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) +#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 +#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 +#define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 +#endif +#endif + +// Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display +// is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support +// portrait and mirrored orientations. +// #define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED +// #define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT +// #define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED + +// UTF8 processing and rendering. +// Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. +// #define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) +// Western accents support. These accented characters use +// combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. +#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET +#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) +// Additional character groups. These characters require +// full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ +#endif + +// Cyrillic character set, costs about 27KiB of flash +// #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CYRILLIC_CHARSET +#endif + +// Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons +#define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT + +// Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. +// (recommended for smaller displays) +// #define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE + +// Output extra debug info for Touch UI events +// #define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG + +// Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) +// #define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU #endif // // Classic UI Options // #if TFT_SCALED_DOGLCD - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan +// #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White +// #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black +// #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black +// #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red +// #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow +// #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan #endif // // ADC Button Debounce // #if HAS_ADC_BUTTONS - #define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast +#define ADC_BUTTON_DEBOUNCE_DELAY \ + 16 // Increase if buttons bounce or repeat too fast #endif // @section safety @@ -1782,7 +1975,7 @@ */ #define USE_WATCHDOG #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL +// #define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL #endif // @section lcd @@ -1796,32 +1989,42 @@ */ #define BABYSTEPPING #if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of babystepping into the Stepper ISR - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - //#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif +// #define INTEGRATED_BABYSTEPPING // EXPERIMENTAL integration of +// babystepping into the Stepper ISR #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING #define +// BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just +// during movement). #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y +// Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! +#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way +// #define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify +// BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps +#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z \ + 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep +#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY \ + 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep + +#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for + // Z Babystepping. +#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) +#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL \ + 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. + // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. +// #define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on +// doubleclick when printer is idle. +#if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) +#define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR \ + 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. +#endif +#endif + +// #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last +// G28 + +// #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping +#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) +// #define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep +// relative Z offsets #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical +// overlay on Z-offset editor +#endif #endif // @section extruder @@ -1834,19 +2037,22 @@ * * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. + * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear + * and heatbreak. Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and + * greater distances. If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the + * extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) print acceleration will be reduced + * during the affected moves to keep within the limit. * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full + * instructions. */ #define LIN_ADVANCE #if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. - #define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration +// #define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants +#define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed +// #define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug +// information output over USB. +#define EXPERIMENTAL_SCURVE // Enable this option to permit S-Curve Acceleration #endif // @section leveling @@ -1856,12 +2062,12 @@ * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. */ #if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 +// #define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 +// #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 +// #define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 +// #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 +// #define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 +// #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 #endif /** @@ -1884,39 +2090,42 @@ * the probe to be unable to reach any points. */ #if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN - //#define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN +// #define PROBING_MARGIN_LEFT PROBING_MARGIN +// #define PROBING_MARGIN_RIGHT PROBING_MARGIN +// #define PROBING_MARGIN_FRONT PROBING_MARGIN +// #define PROBING_MARGIN_BACK PROBING_MARGIN #endif #if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +// Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large +// #define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET +// #define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET +// #define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) +// #define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) #endif #if BOTH(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL, EEPROM_SETTINGS) - //#define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save EEPROM space +// #define OPTIMIZED_MESH_STORAGE // Store mesh with less precision to save +// EEPROM space #endif /** * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER +// #define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER #if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" +#define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 +#define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE +/** + * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, + * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. + */ +#define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." +#define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" +#define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS \ + "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 " \ + "S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" #endif @@ -1927,79 +2136,89 @@ * For a more detailed explanation of the process see G76_M871.cpp. */ #if HAS_BED_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_PROBE && TEMP_SENSOR_BED - // Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures - #define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION - - // Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature - // Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually - #if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) - // Park position to wait for probe cooldown - #define PTC_PARK_POS { 0, 0, 100 } - - // Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature - #define PTC_PROBE_POS { 90, 100 } - - // Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature - // Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set manually - //#define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION - - // Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at PTC_SAMPLE_START - // (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. +// Enable thermal first layer compensation using bed and probe temperatures +#define PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION + +// Add additional compensation depending on hotend temperature +// Note: this values cannot be calibrated and have to be set manually +#if ENABLED(PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION) +// Park position to wait for probe cooldown +#define PTC_PARK_POS \ + { 0, 0, 100 } + +// Probe position to probe and wait for probe to reach target temperature +#define PTC_PROBE_POS \ + { 90, 100 } + +// Enable additional compensation using hotend temperature +// Note: this values cannot be calibrated automatically but have to be set +// manually +// #define USE_TEMP_EXT_COMPENSATION + +// Probe temperature calibration generates a table of values starting at +// PTC_SAMPLE_START (e.g. 30), in steps of PTC_SAMPLE_RES (e.g. 5) with +// PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT (e.g. 10) samples. + +// #define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f +// #define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f +// #define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + +// Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. + +// #define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f +// #define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f +// #define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U + +// The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed +// temperature calibration. +// #define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f + +// Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to +// heat faster. Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which +// can be set using M851. +// #define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f + +// Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. +// Some probes may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long +// time, which can be solved by increasing the height the probe is raised to. +// #define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U + +// If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using +// the closest point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set +// to 4 it will use data[0] and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for +// values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. +// #define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 +#endif +#endif - //#define PTC_SAMPLE_START 30.0f - //#define PTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f - //#define PTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U +// @section extras - // Bed temperature calibration builds a similar table. - - //#define BTC_SAMPLE_START 60.0f - //#define BTC_SAMPLE_RES 5.0f - //#define BTC_SAMPLE_COUNT 10U - - // The temperature the probe should be at while taking measurements during bed temperature - // calibration. - //#define BTC_PROBE_TEMP 30.0f - - // Height above Z=0.0f to raise the nozzle. Lowering this can help the probe to heat faster. - // Note: the Z=0.0f offset is determined by the probe offset which can be set using M851. - //#define PTC_PROBE_HEATING_OFFSET 0.5f - - // Height to raise the Z-probe between heating and taking the next measurement. Some probes - // may fail to untrigger if they have been triggered for a long time, which can be solved by - // increasing the height the probe is raised to. - //#define PTC_PROBE_RAISE 15U - - // If the probe is outside of the defined range, use linear extrapolation using the closest - // point and the PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION'th next point. E.g. if set to 4 it will use data[0] - // and data[4] to perform linear extrapolation for values below PTC_SAMPLE_START. - //#define PTC_LINEAR_EXTRAPOLATION 4 - #endif -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G60/G61 Position Save and Return -// -//#define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes +// +// G60/G61 Position Save and Return +// +// #define SAVED_POSITIONS 1 // Each saved position slot costs 12 bytes // // G2/G3 Arc Support // -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes +// #define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes #if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment - //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - //#define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes - //#define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure +#define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT \ + 1 // (mm) Length (or minimum length) of each arc segment +// #define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_R 1 // Max segment length, MM_PER = Min +#define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle +// #define ARC_SEGMENTS_PER_SEC 50 // Use feedrate to choose segment length +// (with MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT as the minimum) +#define N_ARC_CORRECTION \ + 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections +// #define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify +// complete circles #define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in +// XY, ZX, or YZ planes #define SF_ARC_FIX // Enable only if using +// SkeinForge with "Arc Point" fillet procedure #endif // Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT +// #define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT /** * Direct Stepping @@ -2009,7 +2228,7 @@ * less step aliasing by calculating all motions in advance. * Preparing your G-code: https://github.com/colinrgodsey/step-daemon */ -//#define DIRECT_STEPPING +// #define DIRECT_STEPPING /** * G38 Probe Target @@ -2018,13 +2237,16 @@ * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET +// #define G38_PROBE_TARGET #if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. +// #define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from +// target +#define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE \ + 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. #endif -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move +// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next +// move #define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 /** @@ -2040,21 +2262,19 @@ * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 +// #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 +// #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 /** * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers + * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx + * drivers 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h 1 : Minimum for + * A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers 3 : + * Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 +// #define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 /** * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows @@ -2068,12 +2288,12 @@ * * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 +// #define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 // @section temperature // Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL +// #define HEATERS_PARALLEL //=========================================================================== //================================= Buffers ================================= @@ -2084,11 +2304,11 @@ // The number of linear moves that can be in the planner at once. // The value of BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE must be a power of 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) #if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DIRECT_STEPPING) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 +#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 #elif ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 #else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 +#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 #endif // @section serial @@ -2107,32 +2327,32 @@ #define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 // Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. +// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be +// enough. To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. // :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 +// #define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 #if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF +// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to +// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. +// #define SERIAL_XON_XOFF #endif #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED +// Enable this option to collect and display the maximum +// RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. +// #define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX +// Enable this option to collect and display the number +// of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. +// #define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX #endif // Monitor RX buffer usage // Dump an error to the serial port if the serial receive buffer overflows. // If you see these errors, increase the RX_BUFFER_SIZE value. // Not supported on all platforms. -//#define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR +// #define RX_BUFFER_MONITOR /** * Emergency Command Parser @@ -2157,28 +2377,32 @@ * R000 : Resume from Pause / Hold. * * - During Hold all Emergency Parser commands are available, as usual. - * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state reports. + * - Enable NANODLP_Z_SYNC and NANODLP_ALL_AXIS for move command end-state + * reports. */ -//#define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS +// #define REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS #if ENABLED(REALTIME_REPORTING_COMMANDS) - //#define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like Grbl CNC +// #define FULL_REPORT_TO_HOST_FEATURE // Auto-report the machine status like +// Grbl CNC #endif // Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' // Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. // Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds +// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value +// here. +// #define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK +// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS +// unnecessary. +// #define ADVANCED_OK // Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. // This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. #define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION // For serial echo, the number of digits after the decimal point -//#define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 +// #define SERIAL_FLOAT_PRECISION 4 // @section extras @@ -2189,7 +2413,7 @@ * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED +// #define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED /** * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract @@ -2205,24 +2429,32 @@ * * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. */ -//#define FWRETRACT +// #define FWRETRACT #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif +#define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions +#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) +#define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length +#define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length +#endif +#define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) +#define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP \ + 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) +#define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting +#define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise +#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH \ + 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on + // recover) +#define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP \ + 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on + // recover from toolchange) +#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE \ + 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction +#define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP \ + 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction +#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) +// #define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing +// steppers simultaneously +#endif #endif /** @@ -2230,75 +2462,82 @@ * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. */ #if HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap retraction (if enabled) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to previous position on tool-change - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) - //#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after tool-change - #endif - - /** - * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped. - * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc. - */ - //#define TOOL_SENSOR - - /** - * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce - * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - // Load / Unload - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50*60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED (25*60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) - - // Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6*60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. - - // Cool after prime to reduce stringing - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 - #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) - - // Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths (recover + prime) - // (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP - - // Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) - // Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host connect - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED - - /** - * Tool Change Migration - * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. - * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. - * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. - * Useful to: - * - Change filament color without interruption - * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout - * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam - */ - #define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE - - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move - #endif +// Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders +#define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) +// #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE_BEFORE_RETRACT // Apply raise before swap +// retraction (if enabled) #define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never +// return to previous position on tool-change +#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN) +// #define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_TOOLCHANGE "G12X" // Extra G-code to run after +// tool-change +#endif + +/** + * Tool Sensors detect when tools have been picked up or dropped. + * Requires the pins TOOL_SENSOR1_PIN, TOOL_SENSOR2_PIN, etc. + */ +// #define TOOL_SENSOR + +/** + * Retract and prime filament on tool-change to reduce + * ooze and stringing and to get cleaner transitions. + */ +// #define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP +#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) +// Load / Unload +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_LENGTH 12 // (mm) Load / Unload length +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_RESUME_LENGTH \ + 0 // (mm) Extra length for better restart, fine tune by LCD/Gcode) +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_RETRACT_SPEED (50 * 60) // (mm/min) (Unloading) +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_UNRETRACT_SPEED \ + (25 * 60) // (mm/min) (On SINGLENOZZLE or Bowden loading must be slowed down) + +// Longer prime to clean out a SINGLENOZZLE +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_EXTRA_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra priming length +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED (4.6 * 60) // (mm/min) Extra priming feedrate +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_WIPE_RETRACT \ + 0 // (mm/min) Retract before cooling for less stringing, better wipe, etc. + +// Cool after prime to reduce stringing +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN -1 // Fan index or -1 to skip +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_SPEED 255 // 0-255 +#define TOOLCHANGE_FS_FAN_TIME 10 // (seconds) + +// Swap uninitialized extruder with TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_SPEED for all lengths +// (recover + prime) (May break filament if not retracted beforehand.) +// #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP + +// Prime on the first T0 (If other, TOOLCHANGE_FS_INIT_BEFORE_SWAP applied) +// Enable it (M217 V[0/1]) before printing, to avoid unwanted priming on host +// connect +// #define TOOLCHANGE_FS_PRIME_FIRST_USED + +/** + * Tool Change Migration + * This feature provides G-code and LCD options to switch tools mid-print. + * All applicable tool properties are migrated so the print can continue. + * Tools must be closely matching and other restrictions may apply. + * Useful to: + * - Change filament color without interruption + * - Switch spools automatically on filament runout + * - Switch to a different nozzle on an extruder jam + */ +#define TOOLCHANGE_MIGRATION_FEATURE + +#endif + +/** + * Position to park head during tool change. + * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER + */ +// #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK +#if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) +#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY \ + { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } +#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/min) +// #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_X_ONLY // X axis only move +// #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_Y_ONLY // Y axis only move +#endif #endif // HAS_MULTI_EXTRUDER /** @@ -2308,53 +2547,78 @@ * * Requirements: * - For Filament Change parking enable and configure NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or EMERGENCY_PARSER. + * - For user interaction enable an LCD display, HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, or + * EMERGENCY_PARSER. * * Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park. */ #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 350 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) +#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. +#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH \ + 2 // (mm) Initial retract. + // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. +#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE \ + 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. +#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL \ + 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. +#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH \ + 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. + // Set to 0 for manual unloading. +#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE \ + 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. +#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH \ + 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. + // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only +#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE \ + 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. +#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL \ + 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. +#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH \ + 350 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. + // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. + // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. +// #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the +// purge length until interrupted. +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE \ + 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load + // feedrate. +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH \ + 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. + // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. + // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu + // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. +#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME \ + 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. +// #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans +// while the machine is paused. + +// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: +#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. +#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY \ + 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. +#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH \ + 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. +#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE \ + 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload + +#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT \ + 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. +#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS \ + 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. +#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered + // on during filament change. + +#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. +#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for + // filament change + +#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus + // Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. +// #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all +// extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) #endif // @section tmc @@ -2367,499 +2631,498 @@ */ #if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) - #define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) - #define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) - #define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #endif +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) +#define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) +#define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) +#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) +#define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) +#define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) +#define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) +#define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) +#define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) +#define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z4(TMC26X) +#define Z4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define Z4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) +#define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) +#define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) +#define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) +#define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) +#define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) +#define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E6(TMC26X) +#define E6_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define E6_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#endif + +#if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E7(TMC26X) +#define E7_MAX_CURRENT 1000 +#define E7_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 +#define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#endif #endif // TMC26X // @section tmc_smart /** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. + * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI + * mode connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and + * define the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 + * uses AUX3 pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). You may also use software + * SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. + * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect + * #_SERIAL_TX_PIN to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. To use + * the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without a + * resistor. The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. * * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper */ #if HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - - /** - * Interpolate microsteps to 256 - * Override for each driver with _INTERPOLATE settings below - */ - #define INTERPOLATE true - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME (X_CURRENT/2) // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... - //#define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the X axis - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define X2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME (Y_CURRENT/2) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Y_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Y2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z3_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) - #define Z4_CURRENT 800 - #define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define Z4_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E0_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E1_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E2_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E3_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E4_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E5_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) - #define E6_CURRENT 800 - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E6_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E6_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) - #define E7_CURRENT 800 - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E7_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 - //#define E7_INTERPOLATE true - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E6_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E7_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - //#define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - //#define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - //#define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define your own with: - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING // For Z Axes (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override below) - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - //#define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers - * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. - * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant G-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 75 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 75 - #define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - #define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * TMC Homing stepper phase. - * - * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute - * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values - * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). - * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. - * - * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. - */ - //#define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - #define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting. - */ - #define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } +#define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current + +/** + * Interpolate microsteps to 256 + * Override for each driver with _INTERPOLATE settings below + */ +#define INTERPOLATE true + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) +#define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. +#define X_CURRENT_HOME (X_CURRENT / 2) // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing +#define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 +#define X_RSENSE 0.11 +#define X_CHAIN_POS \ + -1 // -1..0: Not chained. 1: MCU MOSI connected. 2: Next in chain, ... +// #define X_INTERPOLATE true // Enable to override 'INTERPOLATE' for the +// X axis +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) +#define X2_CURRENT 800 +#define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT +#define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS +#define X2_RSENSE 0.11 +#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define X2_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) +#define Y_CURRENT 580 +#define Y_CURRENT_HOME (Y_CURRENT / 2) +#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 +#define Y_RSENSE 0.11 +#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define Y_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) +#define Y2_CURRENT 800 +#define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT +#define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS +#define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 +#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define Y2_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) +#define Z_CURRENT 580 +#define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT +#define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 +#define Z_RSENSE 0.11 +#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define Z_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) +#define Z2_CURRENT 800 +#define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT +#define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS +#define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 +#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define Z2_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) +#define Z3_CURRENT 800 +#define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT +#define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS +#define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 +#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define Z3_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z4) +#define Z4_CURRENT 800 +#define Z4_CURRENT_HOME Z4_CURRENT +#define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS +#define Z4_RSENSE 0.11 +#define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define Z4_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) +#define E0_CURRENT 600 +#define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 +#define E0_RSENSE 0.11 +#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define E0_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) +#define E1_CURRENT 800 +#define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E1_RSENSE 0.11 +#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define E1_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) +#define E2_CURRENT 800 +#define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E2_RSENSE 0.11 +#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define E2_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) +#define E3_CURRENT 800 +#define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E3_RSENSE 0.11 +#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define E3_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) +#define E4_CURRENT 800 +#define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E4_RSENSE 0.11 +#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define E4_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) +#define E5_CURRENT 800 +#define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E5_RSENSE 0.11 +#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define E5_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E6) +#define E6_CURRENT 800 +#define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E6_RSENSE 0.11 +#define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define E6_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_TMC(E7) +#define E7_CURRENT 800 +#define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E7_RSENSE 0.11 +#define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 +// #define E7_INTERPOLATE true +#endif + +/** + * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 + * drivers here. The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. + */ +// #define X_CS_PIN -1 +// #define Y_CS_PIN -1 +// #define Z_CS_PIN -1 +// #define X2_CS_PIN -1 +// #define Y2_CS_PIN -1 +// #define Z2_CS_PIN -1 +// #define Z3_CS_PIN -1 +// #define E0_CS_PIN -1 +// #define E1_CS_PIN -1 +// #define E2_CS_PIN -1 +// #define E3_CS_PIN -1 +// #define E4_CS_PIN -1 +// #define E5_CS_PIN -1 +// #define E6_CS_PIN -1 +// #define E7_CS_PIN -1 + +/** + * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 + * and TMC5160). The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, + * but you can override or define them here. + */ +// #define TMC_USE_SW_SPI +// #define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 +// #define TMC_SW_MISO -1 +// #define TMC_SW_SCK -1 + +/** + * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware + * configured addresses. Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. + * Address | MS1 | MS2 + * 0 | LOW | LOW + * 1 | HIGH | LOW + * 2 | LOW | HIGH + * 3 | HIGH | HIGH + * + * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers + * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. + */ +#define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +#define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 +#define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 +// #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define Z4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +#define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 +// #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define E6_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 +// #define E7_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 + +/** + * Software enable + * + * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the + * same function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. + */ +// #define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE + +/** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. + * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. + */ +#define STEALTHCHOP_XY +#define STEALTHCHOP_Z +#define STEALTHCHOP_E + +/** + * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets + * or with the help of an example included in the library. + * Provided parameter sets are + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V + * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V + * CHOPPER_09STEP_24V // 0.9 degree steppers (24V) + * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Průša firmware + * for MK3 (24V) CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 + * + * Define your own with: + * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } + */ +#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below) +// #define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override +// below) #define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X #define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y +// CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below) #define +// CHOPPER_TIMING_Y2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Y #define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z CHOPPER_TIMING +// // For Z Axes (override below) #define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z2 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z +// #define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z3 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z +// #define CHOPPER_TIMING_Z4 CHOPPER_TIMING_Z +// #define CHOPPER_TIMING_E CHOPPER_TIMING // For Extruders (override +// below) #define CHOPPER_TIMING_E1 CHOPPER_TIMING_E #define CHOPPER_TIMING_E2 +// CHOPPER_TIMING_E #define CHOPPER_TIMING_E3 CHOPPER_TIMING_E #define +// CHOPPER_TIMING_E4 CHOPPER_TIMING_E #define CHOPPER_TIMING_E5 CHOPPER_TIMING_E +// #define CHOPPER_TIMING_E6 CHOPPER_TIMING_E +// #define CHOPPER_TIMING_E7 CHOPPER_TIMING_E + +/** + * Monitor Trinamic drivers + * for error conditions like overtemperature and short to ground. + * To manage over-temp Marlin can decrease the driver current until the error + * condition clears. Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current + * print. Relevant G-codes: M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using + * axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. M911 - Report + * stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. M912 - Clear stepper + * driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. M122 - Report driver + * parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) + */ +// #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS + +#if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) +#define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] +#define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE +#define STOP_ON_ERROR +#endif + +/** + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only + * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over + * HYBRID_THRESHOLD. This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of + * higher noise levels. STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use + * HYBRID_THRESHOLD. M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting + */ +// #define HYBRID_THRESHOLD + +#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] +#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 +#define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 +#define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 +#define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 +#define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 +#define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 +#define Z4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 +#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 +#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 +#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 +#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 +#define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 +#define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 +#define E6_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 +#define E7_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 + +/** + * Use StallGuard to home / probe X, Y, Z. + * + * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only + * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. + * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. + * + * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. + * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: + * + * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others + * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) + * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) + * + * It is recommended to set HOMING_BUMP_MM to { 0, 0, 0 }. + * + * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** + * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. + * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. + * + * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when + * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. + * + * Comment *_STALL_SENSITIVITY to disable sensorless homing for that axis. + */ +// #define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only + +#if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) +// TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 +#define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 75 +#define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY +#define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 75 +#define Y2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY +// #define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 +// #define Z2_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY +// #define Z3_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY +// #define Z4_STALL_SENSITIVITY Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY +// #define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only +#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY +#endif + +/** + * TMC Homing stepper phase. + * + * Improve homing repeatability by homing to stepper coil's nearest absolute + * phase position. Trinamic drivers use a stepper phase table with 1024 values + * spanning 4 full steps with 256 positions each (ergo, 1024 positions). + * Full step positions (128, 384, 640, 896) have the highest holding torque. + * + * Values from 0..1023, -1 to disable homing phase for that axis. + */ +// #define TMC_HOME_PHASE { 896, 896, 896 } + +/** + * Beta feature! + * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. + */ +#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING + +/** + * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. + * M122 S0/1 will enable continuous reporting. + */ +#define TMC_DEBUG + +/** + * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. + * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page + * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper + * + * Example: + * #define TMC_ADV() { \ + * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ + * stepperY.intpol(0); \ + * } + */ +#define TMC_ADV() \ + {} #endif // HAS_TRINAMIC_CONFIG @@ -2881,179 +3144,183 @@ #if HAS_L64XX - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current - // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down - // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down - // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down - // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) current - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) - #define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS - #define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) - #define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) - #define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS - #define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 - #define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant G-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - Z4 or E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif +// #define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X) +#define X_MICROSTEPS \ + 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - L6474 max is 16 +#define X_OVERCURRENT \ + 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 1000 x (1 - 32) - 32A max - rounds down +#define X_STALLCURRENT \ + 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) + // - 4A max - rounds down) + // L6470 & L6474 - VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down + // POWERSTEP01: VALID: 200 x (1 - 32) - 6.4A max - rounds down + // L6474 - STALLCURRENT setting is used to set the nominal (TVAL) + // current +#define X_MAX_VOLTAGE \ + 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - not used by L6474 +#define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI +#define X_SLEW_RATE 1 // 0-3, Slew 0 is slowest, 3 is fastest +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(X2) +#define X2_MICROSTEPS X_MICROSTEPS +#define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define X2_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y) +#define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 +#define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define Y_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Y2) +#define Y2_MICROSTEPS Y_MICROSTEPS +#define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define Y2_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z) +#define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 +#define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define Z_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z2) +#define Z2_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS +#define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define Z2_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z3) +#define Z3_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS +#define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define Z3_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(Z4) +#define Z4_MICROSTEPS Z_MICROSTEPS +#define Z4_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define Z4_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define Z4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define Z4_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define Z4_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E0) +#define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 +#define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define E0_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E1) +#define E1_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define E1_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E2) +#define E2_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define E2_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E3) +#define E3_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define E3_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E4) +#define E4_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define E4_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E5) +#define E5_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define E5_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E6) +#define E6_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E6_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define E6_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define E6_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define E6_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define E6_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +#if AXIS_IS_L64XX(E7) +#define E7_MICROSTEPS E0_MICROSTEPS +#define E7_OVERCURRENT 2000 +#define E7_STALLCURRENT 1500 +#define E7_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 +#define E7_CHAIN_POS -1 +#define E7_SLEW_RATE 1 +#endif + +/** + * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over + * current. In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until + * the error condition clears. Other detected conditions can be used to stop the + * current print. Relevant G-codes: M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive + * level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. I + * not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 I3 - Z3 or E3 + * I4 - Z4 or E4 + * I5 - E5 + * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning + * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds + * M918 - Increase speed until max or error + * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters + */ +// #define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS + +#if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) +#define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 +// #define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR +#endif #endif // HAS_L64XX @@ -3063,23 +3330,19 @@ // I2C Master ID for LPC176x LCD and Digital Current control // Does not apply to other peripherals based on the Wire library. // -//#define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 +// #define I2C_MASTER_ID 1 // Set a value from 0 to 2 /** * TWI/I2C BUS * * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. + * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from + * slave devices on the bus. * * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l + * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 + * (99) ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg M260 A99 ; + * Target slave address M260 B77 ; M M260 B97 ; a M260 B114 ; r M260 B108 ; l * M260 B105 ; i * M260 B110 ; n * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer @@ -3093,9 +3356,9 @@ * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello */ -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS +// #define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS #if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) - #define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave +#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave #endif // @section extras @@ -3105,40 +3368,44 @@ * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE +// #define PHOTO_GCODE #if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) +// A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo +// #define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, +// zraise } (M240 X Y Z) #define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause +// before moving back (M240 P) #define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E +// retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 +// Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger +// Data from: https://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ +// #define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 +// Canon Hack Development Kit +// https://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ +// #define CHDK_PIN 4 - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) +// Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter +// #define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } +// (M240 I J) - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) +// Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high +// #define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) - /** - * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. - * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. - * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. - * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) - * - * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq - * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 - */ - //#define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation - #ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US - #define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation - #endif +/** + * PHOTO_PULSES_US may need adjustment depending on board and camera model. + * Pin must be running at 48.4kHz. + * Be sure to use a PHOTOGRAPH_PIN which can rise and fall quick enough. + * (e.g., MKS SBase temp sensor pin was too slow, so used P1.23 on J8.) + * + * Example pulse data for Nikon: https://bit.ly/2FKD0Aq + * IR Wiring: https://git.io/JvJf7 + */ +// #define PHOTO_PULSES_US { 2000, 27850, 400, 1580, 400, 3580, 400 } // (µs) +// Durations for each 48.4kHz oscillation +#ifdef PHOTO_PULSES_US +#define PHOTO_PULSE_DELAY_US \ + 13 // (µs) Approximate duration of each HIGH and LOW pulse in the oscillation +#endif #endif /** @@ -3147,182 +3414,215 @@ * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. + * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling + * community. Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be + * used to set the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. + * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a + * 0-5V hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation + * direction. * - * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. + * See https://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more + * config details. */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE +// #define SPINDLE_FEATURE +// #define LASER_FEATURE #if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) - - //#define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower motor control with G-codes M10-M11 - #if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION) - #define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH - //#define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter Vacuum or Laser Blower pin - #endif - - //#define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes M8-M9 - #if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST) - #define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin - //#define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist pin - #endif - - //#define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to spindle power - #ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO - #define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control - #define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle - #endif - - /** - * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: - * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) - * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) - * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle - * - SERVO (S0 - S180) - */ - #define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 - - /** - * Relative Cutter Power - * Normally, 'M3 O' sets - * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. - * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX - * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). - * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = 30,000 RPM - */ - //#define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - /** - * M3/M4 Power Equation - * - * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. - * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. - * - * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE - * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) - - #else - - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 - #define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) - - // Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire function - #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu - #define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters - - /** - * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. - * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 S20 I) - * or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). - * - * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes - * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE - - #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) - /** - * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. - * - * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal speed. - * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. - * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. - */ - #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID - - /** - * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / nominal_rate). - * Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). - * This is a costly calculation so this option is discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. - * - * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are between power updates. If your - * board isn't able to generate steps fast enough (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. - * Note that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait one cycle then run, etc. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT - - /** - * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board - * can't keep up with the processing demands of LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. - * Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power on every stepper iteration. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 - - /** - * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter - */ - //#define LASER_MOVE_POWER - - #if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) - // Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. - // If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. - //#define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF - - // Turn off the laser on G28 homing. - //#define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF - #endif - - /** - * Inline flag inverted - * - * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move - * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT - - /** - * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') - * - * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this - * feature if you understand the implications. - */ - //#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS - - #else - - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #endif - #endif +#define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_STATE \ + LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM \ + true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power +#define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT \ + false // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go + // slower + +#define SPINDLE_LASER_FREQUENCY \ + 2500 // (Hz) Spindle/laser frequency (only on supported HALs: AVR and LPC) + +// #define AIR_EVACUATION // Cutter Vacuum / Laser Blower +// motor control with G-codes M10-M11 +#if ENABLED(AIR_EVACUATION) +#define AIR_EVACUATION_ACTIVE \ + LOW // Set to "HIGH" if the on/off function is active HIGH +// #define AIR_EVACUATION_PIN 42 // Override the default Cutter +// Vacuum or Laser Blower pin +#endif + +// #define AIR_ASSIST // Air Assist control with G-codes +// M8-M9 +#if ENABLED(AIR_ASSIST) +#define AIR_ASSIST_ACTIVE LOW // Active state on air assist pin +// #define AIR_ASSIST_PIN 44 // Override the default Air Assist +// pin +#endif + +// #define SPINDLE_SERVO // A servo converting an angle to +// spindle power +#ifdef SPINDLE_SERVO +#define SPINDLE_SERVO_NR 0 // Index of servo used for spindle control +#define SPINDLE_SERVO_MIN 10 // Minimum angle for servo spindle +#endif + +/** + * Speed / Power can be set ('M3 S') and displayed in terms of: + * - PWM255 (S0 - S255) + * - PERCENT (S0 - S100) + * - RPM (S0 - S50000) Best for use with a spindle + * - SERVO (S0 - S180) + */ +#define CUTTER_POWER_UNIT PWM255 + +/** + * Relative Cutter Power + * Normally, 'M3 O' sets + * OCR power is relative to the range SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX. + * so input powers of 0...255 correspond to SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX + * instead of normal range (0 to SPEED_POWER_MAX). + * Best used with (e.g.) SuperPID router controller: S0 = 5,000 RPM and S255 = + * 30,000 RPM + */ +// #define CUTTER_POWER_RELATIVE // Set speed proportional to +// [SPEED_POWER_MIN...SPEED_POWER_MAX] + +#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) +// #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller +// can change spindle direction +#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before + // changing spin direction +#define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR \ + false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed + +#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY \ + 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power +#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY \ + 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + +/** + * M3/M4 Power Equation + * + * Each tool uses different value ranges for speed / power control. + * These parameters are used to convert between tool power units and PWM. + * + * Speed/Power = (PWMDC / 255 * 100 - SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) / SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + * PWMDC = (spdpwr - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / (SPEED_POWER_MAX - SPEED_POWER_MIN) / + * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + */ +#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage +#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 // (RPM) +#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // (RPM) SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM +#define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP \ + 25000 // (RPM) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + +#else + +#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 // (%) 0-100 i.e., Minimum power percentage +#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 0 // (%) 0-100 +#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // (%) 0-100 +#define SPEED_POWER_STARTUP \ + 80 // (%) M3/M4 speed/power default (with no arguments) + +// Define the minimum and maximum test pulse time values for a laser test fire +// function +#define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MIN 1 // Used with Laser Control Menu +#define LASER_TEST_PULSE_MAX \ + 999 // Caution: Menu may not show more than 3 characters + +/** + * Enable inline laser power to be handled in the planner / stepper routines. + * Inline power is specified by the I (inline) flag in an M3 command (e.g., M3 + * S20 I) or by the 'S' parameter in G0/G1/G2/G3 moves (see LASER_MOVE_POWER). + * + * This allows the laser to keep in perfect sync with the planner and removes + * the powerup/down delay since lasers require negligible time. + */ +// #define LASER_POWER_INLINE + +#if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) +/** + * Scale the laser's power in proportion to the movement rate. + * + * - Sets the entry power proportional to the entry speed over the nominal + * speed. + * - Ramps the power up every N steps to approximate the speed trapezoid. + * - Due to the limited power resolution this is only approximate. + */ +#define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID + +/** + * Continuously calculate the current power (nominal_power * current_rate / + * nominal_rate). Required for accurate power with non-trapezoidal acceleration + * (e.g., S_CURVE_ACCELERATION). This is a costly calculation so this option is + * discouraged on 8-bit AVR boards. + * + * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER defines how many step cycles there are + * between power updates. If your board isn't able to generate steps fast enough + * (and you are using LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT), increase this. Note + * that when this is zero it means it occurs every cycle; 1 means a delay wait + * one cycle then run, etc. + */ +// #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT + +/** + * Stepper iterations between power updates. Increase this value if the board + * can't keep up with the processing demands of + * LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT. Disable (or set to 0) to recalculate power + * on every stepper iteration. + */ +// #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_TRAPEZOID_CONT_PER 10 + +/** + * Include laser power in G0/G1/G2/G3/G5 commands with the 'S' parameter + */ +// #define LASER_MOVE_POWER + +#if ENABLED(LASER_MOVE_POWER) +// Turn off the laser on G0 moves with no power parameter. +// If a power parameter is provided, use that instead. +// #define LASER_MOVE_G0_OFF + +// Turn off the laser on G28 homing. +// #define LASER_MOVE_G28_OFF +#endif + +/** + * Inline flag inverted + * + * WARNING: M5 will NOT turn off the laser unless another move + * is done (so G-code files must end with 'M5 I'). + */ +// #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_INVERT + +/** + * Continuously apply inline power. ('M3 S3' == 'G1 S3' == 'M3 S3 I') + * + * The laser might do some weird things, so only enable this + * feature if you understand the implications. + */ +// #define LASER_POWER_INLINE_CONTINUOUS + +#else + +#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY \ + 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power +#define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY \ + 50 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop + +#endif +#endif #endif /** * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 * - * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing - * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan - * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser - * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity. + * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" + * processing a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser + * attached to the fan header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this + * option to set fan/laser speeds with much more exact timing for improved print + * fidelity. * * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 +// #define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 /** * Coolant Control @@ -3331,12 +3631,14 @@ * * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL +// #define COOLANT_CONTROL #if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed +#define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present +#define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present +#define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT \ + false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed +#define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT \ + false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed #endif /** @@ -3357,19 +3659,26 @@ * * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR +// #define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY +#define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM \ + 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] +#define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM \ + 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber + +#define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN \ + 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it +#define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY \ + 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be + // larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. + +#define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA \ + DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially + +// Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire +// after 5 seconds. +// #define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY #endif /** @@ -3378,21 +3687,30 @@ * * Read and configure with M430 * - * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an analog pin - * The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured voltage) to an analog pin + * The current sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured current) to an + * analog pin The voltage sensor feeds DC voltage (relative to the measured + * voltage) to an analog pin */ -//#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current -//#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage +// #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT // Monitor the system current +// #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE // Monitor the system voltage #if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT) - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! - #define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current - #define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power display) +#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_AMP \ + 0.05000 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per amp - DO NOT apply more + // than ADC_VREF! +#define POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT_OFFSET \ + 0 // Offset (in amps) applied to the calculated current +#define POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE \ + 13.6 // Voltage for a current sensor with no voltage sensor (for power + // display) #endif #if ENABLED(POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE) - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more than ADC_VREF! - #define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage +#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTS_PER_VOLT \ + 0.077933 // Input voltage to the MCU analog pin per volt - DO NOT apply more + // than ADC_VREF! +#define POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE_OFFSET \ + 0 // Offset (in volts) applied to the calculated voltage #endif /** @@ -3402,7 +3720,7 @@ * that stepper drivers are properly plugged in before applying power. * Disable protection if your stepper drivers don't support the feature. */ -//#define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT +// #define DISABLE_DRIVER_SAFE_POWER_PROTECT /** * CNC Coordinate Systems @@ -3410,7 +3728,7 @@ * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS +// #define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS /** * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S @@ -3420,14 +3738,14 @@ /** * Auto-report position with M154 S */ -//#define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION +// #define AUTO_REPORT_POSITION /** * Include capabilities in M115 output */ #define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT #if ENABLED(EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT) - //#define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT +// #define M115_GEOMETRY_REPORT #endif /** @@ -3435,34 +3753,34 @@ * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK +// #define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK /** * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS +// #define NO_VOLUMETRICS #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). - * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON - - //#define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT - #if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) - /** - * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). - * This factory setting applies to all extruders. - * Use 'M200 [T] L' to override and 'M502' to reset. - * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. - */ - #define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) - #endif +/** + * Volumetric extrusion default state + * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, + * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. + * + * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter (and enable volumetric). + * M200 S0/S1 to disable/enable volumetric extrusion. + */ +// #define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON + +// #define VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT +#if ENABLED(VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT) +/** + * Default volumetric extrusion limit in cubic mm per second (mm^3/sec). + * This factory setting applies to all extruders. + * Use 'M200 [T] L' to override and 'M502' to reset. + * A non-zero value activates Volume-based Extrusion Limiting. + */ +#define DEFAULT_VOLUMETRIC_EXTRUDER_LIMIT 0.00 // (mm^3/sec) +#endif #endif /** @@ -3472,21 +3790,24 @@ * - M206 and M428 are disabled. * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS +// #define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS // Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report -//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner calculations -//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics -//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed. +// #define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114` for details to check planner +// calculations #define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on +// forward kinematics #define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on +// every call. Enable if needed. -//#define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 (and others) +// #define REPORT_FAN_CHANGE // Report the new fan speed when changed by M106 +// (and others) /** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. + * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical + * character space. This can help to better align the output of commands like + * `G29 O` Mesh Output. * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. + * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set + * to 1.0. Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. */ #define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 @@ -3496,32 +3817,36 @@ #define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER #if ENABLED(FASTER_GCODE_PARSER) - //#define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters +// #define GCODE_QUOTED_STRINGS // Support for quoted string parameters #endif -// Support for MeatPack G-code compression (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) -//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1 -//#define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2 +// Support for MeatPack G-code compression +// (https://github.com/scottmudge/OctoPrint-MeatPack) +// #define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_1 +// #define MEATPACK_ON_SERIAL_PORT_2 -//#define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in lowercase +// #define GCODE_CASE_INSENSITIVE // Accept G-code sent to the firmware in +// lowercase -//#define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW +// #define REPETIER_GCODE_M360 // Add commands originally from Repetier FW -//#define RRF_GCODE_DIALECT // Add M20 JSON file listings, M408, and more... +// #define RRF_GCODE_DIALECT // Add M20 JSON file listings, M408, and +// more... /** * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. + * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine + * cams, etc. Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing + * (if used at all). High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. +// #define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments +// #define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 +// G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. // Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) +// #define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/min) #ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode +// #define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode #endif /** @@ -3529,7 +3854,7 @@ * * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" +// #define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" /** * G-code Macros @@ -3537,10 +3862,10 @@ * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS +// #define GCODE_MACROS #if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro +#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used +#define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro #endif /** @@ -3549,94 +3874,107 @@ */ // Custom Menu: Main Menu -//#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN +// #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN) - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle - - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info" - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action - - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM - - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503" - //#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM +// #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_TITLE "Custom Commands" +#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" +#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK +// #define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a +// script +#define CUSTOM_MENU_MAIN_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is + // idle + +#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Home & UBL Info" +#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "G28\nG29 W" +// #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog +// before this action + +#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL +#define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE \ + "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY( \ + PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) +// #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM + +// #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL +// #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 +// S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM + +// #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Heat Bed/Home/Level" +// #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) +// "\nG28\nG29" #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM + +// #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Home & Info" +// #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "G28\nM503" +// #define MAIN_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM #endif // Custom Menu: Configuration Menu -//#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG +// #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG) - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done" - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine is idle - - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON" - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog before this action - - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON" - #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM - - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????" - //#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM +// #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_TITLE "Custom Commands" +#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Wireless Script Done" +#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK +// #define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a +// script +#define CUSTOM_MENU_CONFIG_ONLY_IDLE // Only show custom menu when the machine + // is idle + +#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_DESC "Wifi ON" +#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] WIFI-STA pwd=12345678" +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_1_CONFIRM // Show a confirmation dialog +// before this action + +#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_DESC "Bluetooth ON" +#define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] BT pwd=12345678" +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_2_CONFIRM + +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_DESC "Radio OFF" +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_GCODE "M118 [ESP110] OFF pwd=12345678" +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_3_CONFIRM + +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_DESC "Wifi ????" +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_GCODE "M118 ????" +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_4_CONFIRM + +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_DESC "Wifi ????" +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_GCODE "M118 ????" +// #define CONFIG_MENU_ITEM_5_CONFIRM #endif /** * User-defined buttons to run custom G-code. * Up to 25 may be defined. */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS +// #define CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS #if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_BUTTONS) - //#define BUTTON1_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1) - #define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH. - #define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING false // Button allowed to trigger during printing? - #define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28" - #define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status - #endif - - //#define BUTTON2_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2) - #define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW - #define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false - #define BUTTON2_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #endif - - //#define BUTTON3_PIN -1 - #if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3) - #define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW - #define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false - #define BUTTON3_GCODE "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - #define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #endif +// #define BUTTON1_PIN -1 +#if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON1) +#define BUTTON1_HIT_STATE LOW // State of the triggered button. NC=LOW. NO=HIGH. +#define BUTTON1_WHEN_PRINTING \ + false // Button allowed to trigger during printing? +#define BUTTON1_GCODE "G28" +#define BUTTON1_DESC "Homing" // Optional string to set the LCD status +#endif + +// #define BUTTON2_PIN -1 +#if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON2) +#define BUTTON2_HIT_STATE LOW +#define BUTTON2_WHEN_PRINTING false +#define BUTTON2_GCODE \ + "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY( \ + PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) +#define BUTTON2_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL +#endif + +// #define BUTTON3_PIN -1 +#if PIN_EXISTS(BUTTON3) +#define BUTTON3_HIT_STATE LOW +#define BUTTON3_WHEN_PRINTING false +#define BUTTON3_GCODE \ + "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY( \ + PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) +#define BUTTON3_DESC "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL +#endif #endif /** @@ -3655,8 +3993,8 @@ */ #define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS #if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT - //#define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start +#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT +// #define HOST_START_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item that tells the host to start #endif /** @@ -3664,9 +4002,9 @@ * * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS +// #define CANCEL_OBJECTS #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) - #define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message +#define CANCEL_OBJECTS_REPORTING // Emit the current object as a status message #endif /** @@ -3682,92 +4020,113 @@ * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. */ -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS +// #define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS #if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE +#define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT \ + 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 + // encoders supported currently. + +#define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR \ + I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. +#define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS \ + X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. +#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE \ + I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- + // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. +#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT \ + 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for + // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, + // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. +// #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for +// rotary encoders; number of stepper +// steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) +// #define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the +// direction of axis travel. +#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD \ + I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. +#define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH \ + 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the + // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors + // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of + // measurement noise / latency (filter). + +#define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR \ + I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. +#define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS +#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR +#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 +// #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) +// #define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT +#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP +#define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 + +#define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR \ + I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options +#define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. + +#define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. +#define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS + +#define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. +#define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS + +// Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings +// configured above. +#define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR +#define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 +#define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) +#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE +#define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 + +// #define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for +// error (in mm) error on any given +// axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to +// disable abort behavior. + +#define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED \ + 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault + // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder + // is trusted again. + +/** + * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but + * during long moves, this setting determines the minimum update time between + * checks. A value of 100 works well with error rolling average when attempting + * to correct only for skips and not for vibration. + */ +#define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. + +// Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as +// opposed to vibration and noise. +#define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE #endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS /** * Analog Joystick(s) */ -//#define JOYSTICK +// #define JOYSTICK #if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - //#define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed - //#define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed - - // Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } - //#define JOYSTICK_DEBUG +#define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 +#define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 +#define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 +#define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 + +// #define INVERT_JOY_X // Enable if X direction is reversed +// #define INVERT_JOY_Y // Enable if Y direction is reversed +// #define INVERT_JOY_Z // Enable if Z direction is reversed + +// Use M119 with JOYSTICK_DEBUG to find reasonable values after connecting: +#define JOY_X_LIMITS \ + { \ + 5600, 8190 - 100, 8190 + 100, 10800 \ + } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max +#define JOY_Y_LIMITS \ + { 5600, 8250 - 100, 8250 + 100, 11000 } +#define JOY_Z_LIMITS \ + { 4800, 8080 - 100, 8080 + 100, 11550 } +// #define JOYSTICK_DEBUG #endif /** @@ -3776,101 +4135,119 @@ * Adds capability to work with any adjustable current drivers. * Implemented as G34 because M915 is deprecated. */ -//#define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION +// #define MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION #if ENABLED(MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CALIBRATION) - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in the MIN direction - - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for nozzle - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate - MMM - //#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" - #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position +#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_CURRENT 600 // Default calibration current in ma +#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_EXTRA_HEIGHT \ + 15 // Extra distance in mm past Z_###_POS to move +#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE 500 // Feedrate for correction move +// #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_TO_MIN // Enable to calibrate Z in +// the MIN direction + +// #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_SAFE_POSITION XY_CENTER // Safe position for +// nozzle #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_XY_PARK_FEEDRATE 3000 // XY Park Feedrate +// - MMM #define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_PRE "" +#define GANTRY_CALIBRATION_COMMANDS_POST \ + "G28" // G28 highly recommended to ensure an accurate position #endif /** * Instant freeze / unfreeze functionality - * Specified pin has pullup and connecting to ground will instantly pause motion. - * Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed. + * Specified pin has pullup and connecting to ground will instantly pause + * motion. Potentially useful for emergency stop that allows being resumed. */ -//#define FREEZE_FEATURE +// #define FREEZE_FEATURE #if ENABLED(FREEZE_FEATURE) - //#define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here +// #define FREEZE_PIN 41 // Override the default (KILL) pin here #endif /** * MAX7219 Debug Matrix * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. + * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a + * realtime status display. Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options + * are included to demonstrate its usage. */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG +// #define MAX7219_DEBUG #if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 +#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 +#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 +#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 + +// #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED +// matrix +#define MAX7219_INIT_TEST \ + 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral +#define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. +#define MAX7219_ROTATE \ + 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) + // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 +// #define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in +// reversed order #define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can +// be chained side-by-side - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Test pattern at startup: 0=none, 1=sweep, 2=spiral - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. +/** + * Sample debug features + * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! + */ +#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show + // that the firmware is functioning +#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD \ + 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row +#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL \ + 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row + +#define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE \ + 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row + // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how + // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. #endif /** * NanoDLP Sync support * - * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will - * output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. - * This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of M400 commands. + * Support for Synchronized Z moves when used with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves + * will output a "Z_move_comp" string to enable synchronization with DLP + * projector exposure. This feature allows you to use [[WaitForDoneMessage]] + * instead of M400 commands. */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC +// #define NANODLP_Z_SYNC #if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move (not just Z). +// #define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Send a "Z_move_comp" report for any axis move +// (not just Z). #endif /** * Ethernet. Use M552 to enable and set the IP address. */ #if HAS_ETHERNET - #define MAC_ADDRESS { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network +#define MAC_ADDRESS \ + { 0xDE, 0xAD, 0xBE, 0xEF, 0xF0, 0x0D } // A MAC address unique to your network #endif /** * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent -//#define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) +// #define WIFISUPPORT // Marlin embedded WiFi managenent +// #define ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT // ESP3D Library WiFi management +// (https://github.com/luc-github/ESP3DLib) #if EITHER(WIFISUPPORT, ESP3D_WIFISUPPORT) - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include auto-discovery) - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates - //#define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., WiFi ESP3D) from the host +// #define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver (which may include +// auto-discovery) #define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware +// updates #define WIFI_CUSTOM_COMMAND // Accept feature config commands (e.g., +// WiFi ESP3D) from the host - /** - * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called Configuration_Secure.h with - * the following defines, customized for your network. This specific file is excluded via - * .gitignore to prevent it from accidentally leaking to the public. - * - * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" - * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" - */ - //#include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password +/** + * To set a default WiFi SSID / Password, create a file called + * Configuration_Secure.h with the following defines, customized for your + * network. This specific file is excluded via .gitignore to prevent it from + * accidentally leaking to the public. + * + * #define WIFI_SSID "WiFi SSID" + * #define WIFI_PWD "WiFi Password" + */ +// #include "Configuration_Secure.h" // External file with WiFi SSID / Password #endif /** @@ -3881,100 +4258,93 @@ * multi-material feeders with any number of stepper motors. */ #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU1 - /** - * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. - * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. - * - * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. - * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. - */ - //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required - //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs - //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs +/** + * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change. + * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending. + * + * Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed. + * Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins. + */ +// #define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required +// #define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs +// #define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs #elif HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - #define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 1145 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - #endif - - /** - * Using a sensor like the MMU2S - * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like the MMU2S. - * See https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step 11 - */ - #if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S - #define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ - { 0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ - { 60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE }, \ - { -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation - - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module - #define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ - { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } - - // Continue unloading if sensor detects filament after the initial unload move - //#define MMU_IR_UNLOAD_MOVE - #else - - /** - * MMU1 Extruder Sensor - * - * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder - * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a filament - * sensor less than 38mm from the gears. - * - * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a last - * move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some more attempts. - * If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. - */ - //#define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR - #if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) - #define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail - #endif - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output +// Serial port used for communication with MMU2. +#define MMU2_SERIAL_PORT 2 + +// Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it +// #define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 + +// Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) +// #define MMU2_MODE_12V + +// G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout +#define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" + +// Add an LCD menu for MMU2 +// #define MMU2_MENUS +#if EITHER(MMU2_MENUS, HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S) +// Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. +// This is for Průša MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. +#define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 +#define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ + {7.2, 1145}, {14.4, 871}, {36.0, 1393}, {14.4, 871}, { 50.0, 198 } + +#define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ + {1.0, 1000}, {1.0, 1500}, {2.0, 2000}, {1.5, 3000}, {2.5, 4000}, \ + {-15.0, 5000}, {-14.0, 1200}, {-6.0, 600}, {10.0, 700}, {-10.0, 400}, { \ + -50.0, 2000 \ + } +#endif + +/** + * Using a sensor like the MMU2S + * This mode requires a MK3S extruder with a sensor at the extruder idler, like + * the MMU2S. See + * https://help.prusa3d.com/en/guide/3b-mk3s-mk2-5s-extruder-upgrade_41560, step + * 11 + */ +#if HAS_PRUSA_MMU2S +#define MMU2_C0_RETRY 5 // Number of retries (total time = timeout*retries) + +#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE 800 // (mm/min) +#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_SEQUENCE \ + {0.1, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE}, {60.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE}, { \ + -52.0, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE \ + } + +#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_RETRACT \ + 6.0 // (mm) Keep under the distance between Load Sequence values +#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_DEVIATION 0.8 // (mm) Acceptable deviation + +#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT 0.2 // (mm) To reuse within MMU2 module +#define MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT_SEQUENCE \ + { -MMU2_CAN_LOAD_INCREMENT, MMU2_CAN_LOAD_FEEDRATE } + +// Continue unloading if sensor detects filament after the initial unload move +// #define MMU_IR_UNLOAD_MOVE +#else + +/** + * MMU1 Extruder Sensor + * + * Support for a Průša (or other) IR Sensor to detect filament near the extruder + * and make loading more reliable. Suitable for an extruder equipped with a + * filament sensor less than 38mm from the gears. + * + * During loading the extruder will stop when the sensor is triggered, then do a + * last move up to the gears. If no filament is detected, the MMU2 can make some + * more attempts. If all attempts fail, a filament runout will be triggered. + */ +// #define MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR +#if ENABLED(MMU_EXTRUDER_SENSOR) +#define MMU_LOADING_ATTEMPTS_NR \ + 5 // max. number of attempts to load filament if first load fail +#endif + +#endif + +// #define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output #endif // HAS_PRUSA_MMU2 @@ -3982,14 +4352,14 @@ * Advanced Print Counter settings */ #if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours +#define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 +// Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs +// #define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" +// #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours +// #define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" +// #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours +// #define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" +// #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours #endif // @section develop @@ -3997,30 +4367,33 @@ // // M100 Free Memory Watcher to debug memory usage // -//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER +// #define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // // M42 - Set pin states // -//#define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL +// #define DIRECT_PIN_CONTROL // -// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle LED, test servo probe +// M43 - display pin status, toggle pins, watch pins, watch endstops & toggle +// LED, test servo probe // -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING +// #define PINS_DEBUGGING // Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE +// #define MARLIN_DEV_MODE /** - * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and backtrace to serial. - * When running in the debugger it will break for debugging. This is useful to help understand - * a crash from a remote location. Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash. + * Postmortem Debugging captures misbehavior and outputs the CPU status and + * backtrace to serial. When running in the debugger it will break for + * debugging. This is useful to help understand a crash from a remote location. + * Requires ~400 bytes of SRAM and 5Kb of flash. */ -//#define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING +// #define POSTMORTEM_DEBUGGING /** * Software Reset options */ -//#define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will soft-reset the controller -//#define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL +// #define SOFT_RESET_VIA_SERIAL // 'KILL' and '^X' commands will +// soft-reset the controller #define SOFT_RESET_ON_KILL // Use a +// digital button to soft-reset the controller after KILL